Archives

GENES AS MEDICINES: GENE THERAPY

Learning Objectives

 

After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacists will be able to

  • Recognize which patient populations qualify for gene therapy
  • Name the different components of gene therapy vectors
  • Describe toxicities associated with gene therapies
  • Identify gene therapies that are approved/under development in the United States

After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacy technicians will be able to

  • Recognize patient populations that qualify for gene therapy
  • Distinguish types of gene therapies
  • Explain the patient experience for different types of gene therapies
  • Describe the pros and cons of gene therapy.

A boy, sitting in a chair, and a girl, in a wheelchair, excited surrounded by multiple DNA strands.

Release Date:

Release Date:  November 1, 2024

Expiration Date: November 1, 2027

Course Fee

Pharmacists: $7

Pharmacy Technicians: $4

There is no grant funding for this CE activity

ACPE UANs

Pharmacist: 0009-0000-24-050-H01-P

Pharmacy Technician: 0009-0000-24-050-H01-T

Session Codes

Pharmacist: 24YC50-ABC23

Pharmacy Technician: 24YC50-BCA78

Accreditation Hours

2.0 hours of CE

Accreditation Statements

The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.  Statements of credit for the online activity ACPE UAN 0009-0000-24-050-H01-P/T  will be awarded when the post test and evaluation have been completed and passed with a 70% or better. Your CE credits will be uploaded to your CPE monitor profile within 2 weeks of completion of the program.

 

Disclosure of Discussions of Off-label and Investigational Drug Use

The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

Faculty

 

Sandy Casinghino, MS
Retired Senior Principal Scientist
Pfizer, Groton, CT

Faculty Disclosure

In accordance with the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education (ACPE) Criteria for Quality and Interpretive Guidelines, The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy requires that faculty disclose any relationship that the faculty may have with commercial entities whose products or services may be mentioned in the activity.

Ms. Casinghino has no relationships with ineligible companies.

 

ABSTRACT

Gene therapy is a relatively new class of medicine that is rapidly evolving, and that brings hope for a cure to patients with genetic diseases. This continuing education activity will introduce learners to the diverse approaches that researchers and clinicians use to correct genes, including in vivo and ex vivo gene therapies. Adeno-associated virus (AAV) vector-based in vivo gene therapy, one of the most common approaches, is the focus of this learning activity. This activity describes the biology of AAV, vector design and production, toxicities, and FDA-approved AAV-based gene therapies. Finally, a look to the future includes new AAV-based therapies that are in development and a discussion of immune system-related hurdles that must be conquered before AAV-based gene therapy can reach its full potential in maximizing patient efficacy and safety.

CONTENT

Content

INTRODUCTION

Gene therapy is a medical approach to replace missing genes or correct dysfunctional genes in patients with genetic diseases. Gene therapies are best suited for patients who have well-defined, single (monogenic) mutations.1,2 Many are rare diseases for which there are few, if any, treatment options. Therapeutics to correct gene mutations are biologics with the potential to cure a variety of previously incurable diseases such as muscular dystrophy, hemophilia, cystic fibrosis, and some types of blindness. Scientists are also developing gene therapies to stop cancer-causing genes and boost immune responses against tumors.

 

The term “gene therapy” encompasses multiple broad strategies that can be separated into two general approaches: in vivo (performed inside an organism) and ex vivo (cells that are removed from the organism, genetically modified, and then returned to organism).3 Within these approaches, multiple techniques and delivery systems are currently used or in development:4,5

  • Viral vectors (in vivo or ex vivo)
  • Non-viral delivery particles (in vivo or ex vivo)
  • Gene editing (in vivo or ex vivo)
  • Cell engineering (ex vivo only)

 

The entire field of gene therapy is beyond the scope of this activity. This activity’s focus will be in vivo gene delivery via engineered adeno-associated virus (AAV), with some discussion of gene therapy’s basics and background. This is valuable information for pharmacists and pharmacy technicians as this complex biologic class matures and more gene therapies become available to patients.

 

BASICS OF GENE THERAPY

Gene Therapy Terminology

People outside of the field may be unfamiliar with many terms used to describe gene therapies. Table 1 defines common terms.

 

Table 1. Common Terms Used to Describe Gene Therapy6,7,8

Term Definition
In vivo gene therapy Administered directly into patients by injection
Ex vivo gene therapy Cells are removed from patients, genetically modified, and re-introduced into patients
Adeno-associated virus (AAV) vector Genetically modified virus commonly used to deliver gene therapy in vivo
Capsid Outer icosahedral (20 roughly triangular facets arranged in a spherical or spherical-like manner) protein shell of the virus/viral vector
Serotype Distinct variation between viral capsids within a species based on surface antigens (e.g., AAV serotype 9 [AAV9])
Host Gene therapy recipient
Tropism A virus’s specificity for a particular host tissue, likely driven by cell-surface receptors on host cells
Target tissue Tissue/organ/cell type intended for genetic correction
Gene of interest (GOI)/

transgene

Gene that needs to be fixed
Expression cassette GOI plus DNA sequences to make it function, including a promoter
Inverted terminal repeat (ITR) DNA sequences that flank the GOI as part of the expression cassette; required for genome replication and packaging; the ITR-flanked transgene forms a circular structure (episome)
Episome Self-contained and self-replicating circular DNA that contains the expression cassette; stays in the cell’s cytoplasm and does not become part of the cell’s chromosomes
cap Gene that encodes the proteins comprising the virus capsid
rep Gene that encodes replicase proteins required for virus replication and packaging
Neutralizing antibodies (NAb) Antibodies that bind to specific areas of viral vector capsids to block uptake by host cells
Vector genomes/kilogram of patient body weight (vg/kg) Common terminology for vector dosing; sometimes referred to as genome copies (gc) per kilogram

DNA, deoxyribonucleic acid.

 

We have used brand drug names preferentially throughout this activity because generic names for gene therapies are complex (See Sidebar).

 

SIDEBAR: What’s in a Name? How Are Gene Therapies Named?9,10

 

For in vivo gene therapies, the generic names are composed of two words:

  • First word corresponds to the gene component
    • Prefix: random element to provide unique identification
    • Infix: element to denote the gene’s pharmacologic class (gene’s mechanism of action)
    • Suffix: element to indicate “gene”
  • Second word corresponds to the vector component
    • Prefix: random element to provide unique identification
    • Infix: element to denote the viral vector family
    • Suffix: element to identify the vector type (non-replicating, replicating, plasmid)
    • 4-letter distinguishing suffix: devoid of meaning and attached to the core name with a hyphen

Example:

 

The Pros and Cons of Gene Therapy 

Patients and/or caregivers considering gene therapy should consider several factors11-13:

  • Duration of efficacy
    • PRO: Potential exists for permanent correction of a disease state. If successful, patients may not need lifelong treatments/medications.
    • CON: Gene therapy is relatively new and long-term efficacy data is lacking. If gene expression wanes over time, patients may need redosing (which may be impossible) or alternative treatments.
  • Safety
    • PRO: Regulatory agencies have approved several products, and safety data is available.
    • CON: Complete understanding of adverse effect mechanisms is lacking, and long-term safety information doesn’t exist.
  • Cost
    • PRO: A curative gene therapy may be more cost-effective than a lifetime of other medications/treatments.
    • CON: Available gene therapies are very expensive, $2.9 to $3.5 million for the AAV in vivo therapies approved in 2022 and 2023.

 

The History of Gene Therapy

Gene therapy is a relatively new field. Clinicians ran the first clinical trial in 1990. Scientists made several advancements in the 1990s and early 2000s, and progress has rapidly accelerated since then.14 (See Sidebar).

 

ABBREVIATIONS: AAV, adeno-associated virus vector; Ad, adenovirus; ADD, adenosine deaminase deficient; ALL, acute lymphoblastic leukemia; CALD, cerebral adrenoleukodystrophy; CAR T, chimeric antigen receptor; Cas9, CRISPR-associated protein 9; CRISPR, clustered regularly interspaced palindromic repeats; DMD, Duchenne muscular dystrophy; EMA, European Medicines Agency; FDA, Food and Drug Administration; HSC, human stem cells; LV, lentivirus; DLBCL, diffuse large B-cell lymphoma; SCD, sickle cell disease; SCID, severe combined immunodeficiency disorder; SMA, spinal muscular atrophy; TDT, transfusion-dependent thalassemia.

 

Gene Therapy Systems

Viral Vectors

Prototypical gene therapy is an in vivo approach to curing genetic diseases. It uses a delivery vehicle, such as an engineered virus that encapsulates the gene of interest (GOI) for injection into a patient by various routes, such as intravenous (IV), intraocular, or intrathecal.39 This method takes advantage of a virus’s natural ability to enter mammalian cells efficiently. Once the delivery vehicle enters host cells, the encapsulated gene drives production of the missing or faulty protein. Clinicians use this approach for diseases such as muscular dystrophies, where mutations in the dystrophin gene cause progressive weakness and muscle-wasting, and cystic fibrosis, where mutations in the cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator gene impair lung function.

 

Non-viral Delivery Vehicles

Non-viral delivery vehicles, such as nanoparticles, can also deliver genes or gene editing systems in vivo. These particles use biocompatible materials such as polymers and lipids to carry genes or nucleic acids into cells.3 Researchers can customize a particle’s physiochemical properties to target the intended cell types better and evade immune responses. Non-viral particles are less efficient than viruses at entering cells but may have several other advantages. It’s likely that most patients are immunologically naïve to manufactured particles and lack pre-existing antibodies that may prevent successful uptake by cells. Non-viral particles may also be easier to manufacture and purify, making them more cost-effective to produce than viral vectors.40

 

Recent gene therapy clinical trials using nanoparticles or lipid nanoparticles include the following41-43:

  • Reqorsa: contains a tumor suppressor gene encapsulated in a lipid nanoparticle for treatment of several types of lung cancer
  • NTLA-2001: contains a gene editing system encapsulated in a lipid nanoparticle for treatment of hereditary transthyretin amyloidosis (a disease which deposits abnormal protein [amyloid] in organs)

 

Gene Editing Systems

Gene editing systems, which can be in vivo or ex vivo approaches, can provide precise, targeted gene modifications. Gene editors are engineered nucleases (enzymes) that produce double-stranded breaks at a specific target site. These breaks stimulate the cell’s natural DNA repair mechanisms, resulting in the repair of the break by homology-directed repair or non-homologous end joining. With these systems, target-specific DNA insertions, deletions, modifications, or replacements are all possible.3,44

 

Many gene editing tools exist, including3,44

  • clustered regularly interspaced short palindromic repeats (CRISPR) Cas-associated nucleases
  • transcription activator-like effector nucleases (TALENs)
  • zinc-finger nucleases (ZFNs)
  • meganucleases (MNs)

 

Gene editing ex vivo systems are a fast-growing area with many programs in development.41 In vivo gene editing is rife with challenges, especially those concerning delivery to the intended cells. Gene editing systems are an evolving cutting-edge platform reviewed in much more detail elsewhere.3,44,45

 

Ex Vivo Gene Therapy

In ex vivo gene therapy, medical and/or laboratory personnel remove a patient’s cells from the body, genetically modify them (using viral vectors, non-viral delivery particles, or gene editing systems), and then re-introduce them into the patient. Alternatives to the use of a patient’s cells include genetically modified cell lines or cells from another donor. The use of autologous (patients’ own) cells avoids the need to find an immuno-compatible donor. Examples of systems include chimeric antigen receptor (CAR) T cells and engineered hematopoietic stem cells (HSC). CAR T cells are T lymphocytes that are modified to recognize tumor antigens, such as the B lymphocyte antigen Cluster of Differentiation-19 (CD-19) and B-cell maturation antigen (BCMA). Once genetically modified, the CAR T cells bind to cells expressing the tumor antigen and subsequently kill them. HSC have the ability for self-renewal and to differentiate into multiple cell lineages, therefore engineering them to correct genetic flaws such as enzyme deficiencies and hemoglobinopathies (inherited disorders affecting hemoglobin, the molecule that transports oxygen in the blood) makes them a promising approach.

 

Several products have received regulatory approval in the United States (U.S.)46:

  • Autologous CAR T cells47-50
    • CD19-directed autologous T cell immunotherapies for the treatment of various types of B cell lymphomas include the following:
      • Yescarta (axicabtagene ciloleucel) – approved 2017
      • Kymriah (tisagenlecleucel) – approved 2017
      • Tecartus (brexucabtagene autoleucel) – approved 2020
      • Breyanzi (lisocabtagene maraleucel) – approved 2021
    • BCMA-directed autologous T cell immunotherapies for treatment of relapsed or refractory multiple myeloma include the following51,52:
      • Abecma (idecabtagene vicleucel) – approved 2021
      • Carvykti (ciltacabtagene autoleucel) – approved 2022
  • Autologous HSC-based gene therapies include the following53-56:
    • Skysona (elivaldogene autotemcel) – slows neurological dysfunction in cerebral adrenoleukodystrophy by inducing synthesis of adrenoleukodystrophy protein – approved 2022
    • Zynteglo (betibeglogene autotemcel) – corrects β-thalassemia by adding functional copies of a modified β-globin gene into the patient’s HSC – approved 2022
    • Casgevy (exagamglogene autotemcel) – first FDA-approved CRISPR/Cas9 gene-editing therapeutic; corrects sickle cell disease (SCD) and transfusion-dependent β-thalassemia by adding functional copies of a modified β-globin gene into the patient’s HSC – approved 2023
    • Lyfgenia (lovotibeglogene autotemcel) – corrects SCD by adding functional copies of a modified β-globin gene into the patient’s HSC – approved 2023

 

CAR T cell gene therapy is an effective treatment for several types of cancers but comes with many challenges to patients, medical professionals, and pharmacy personnel. Product manufacturing, administration, and adverse effect mitigation are more complex than for many other treatment types. Medical, laboratory, and/or pharmacy personal carry out the following key steps at specialized medical centers47-50:

  1. Collect the patient’s white blood cells (leukapheresis)
  2. Manufacture the CAR T cells in a laboratory with a typical time frame of two to four weeks
    • Patients may need to travel to and remain near the center while they wait for the cells
    • If the process fails, then personnel must repeat the cell collection and CAR T cell manufacturing
  3. Administer chemotherapy to deplete the patient’s lymphocytes, two to 14 days prior to CAR T cell infusion, which makes room for the CAR T cells
  4. Administer the CAR T cells to the patient by slow infusion to minimize infusion-related adverse reactions
  5. Monitor the patient for at least four weeks, likely requiring the patient to stay at or near the treatment center

 

This therapy class carries Boxed Warnings:

  • CD-19 directed therapies47-50,57
    • Cytokine release syndrome (CRS): over-activation of the immune system with release of large amounts of cytokines (immune system proteins); this is a common, potentially life-threatening adverse event
    • Neurotoxicity: the mechanism by which this occurs is not well understood, but it is common and can be life-threatening
  • BCMA-directed therapies53,54
    • CRS and neurotoxicity as listed for CD-19 directed therapies
    • Hemophagocytic lymphohistiocytosis/macrophage activation syndrome: a hyperinflammatory immune response that can be life-threatening
    • Prolonged cytopenia (low numbers of blood cells) with bleeding and infection; can be life-threatening

 

Ex vivo gene therapy with autologous HSC is also a complex process with multiple challenges and toxicities.53,54 For these therapies, medical personnel pretreat patients with granulocyte-colony stimulating factor to increase production and release of HSCs from bone marrow. Laboratory staff then collect and purify HSC from the patient’s blood. Staff may need to collect cells more than once to amass the required number of cells or in cases where manufacturing fails. Laboratory staff genetically modify the patient’s HSCs, typically with a lentiviral vector, to express the GOI. The cell manufacturing process can take up to three months. The modified cells require cryopreservation and liquid nitrogen storage conditions, adding to the process’s complexity.

 

When the cells are ready, medical personnel administer lymphocyte-depleting chemotherapy to the patient to remove HSCs that are making the faulty protein and to make room in the bone marrow for the genetically modified HSCs. Next, medical personnel infuse the thawed HSCs to the patient intravenously. After infusion, patients may need to stay at the medical center for several months for recovery and monitoring.

 

The prescribing information lists toxicities including prolonged cytopenias, serious infections, and an increased risk for lentiviral vector-mediated oncogenesis (development of a new cancer). It recommends patient monitoring for 15 years to life for hematologic malignancies. Skysona and Lyfgenia have Boxed Warnings for hematologic malignancy.53,56

 

The overview above describes how the field of gene therapy is broad and encompasses multiple approaches. New and evolving approaches include non-viral delivery, gene editing, and ex vivo cell engineering; they have recently started to become available to patients. This is an exciting and hopeful time for patients with genetically-linked diseases, and it is likely that many more effective and approved therapies will be available soon.

 

AAV-BASED IN VIVO GENE THERAPY

Although researchers are developing viral vectors based on many types of viruses (e.g., adenovirus, gamma retrovirus, herpes simplex virus, lentivirus) adeno-associated virus (AAV) has emerged as the leading viral vector for in vivo gene therapy with five current regulatory approvals in the U.S. and many more programs under development.41,46 Its favorable characteristics include not causing human disease, inability to replicate in the host without a helper virus, and ability to elicit a low host immune response relative to many other viruses. Since the expression cassette is typically maintained on an episome, scientists expect AAV-based vectors to have a low frequency of integration into the host genome, conferring a minimal risk of cancer.58 In addition, at least one serotype of AAV (AAV9) can cross the blood-brain barrier making AAV a suitable choice for neurologic diseases without invasive local administration of the vectors into the brain. Researchers find AAV-based vectors to be attractive, versatile tools with suitable properties and utility for a wide variety of diseases.

 

AAV Biology

Naturally occurring AAVs are small, non-enveloped viruses that belong to the Parvovirus family. They have a linear single-stranded DNA genome of approximately 4.7 kilobases, including rep and cap genes that encode for replication and capsid proteins, respectively.3 Figure 1A illustrates the genomic structure of a wild type (naturally occurring) AAV.

 

In engineered AAVs used for gene therapy, developers remove the rep and cap genes and replace them with an expression cassette, as illustrated in Figure 1B. The expression cassette contains the GOI, regulatory elements (promoter/enhancer), and poly-adenosine tail (to stabilize the messenger RNA and facilitate translation into protein) flanked by inverted terminal repeats (ITRs; required for genome replication and packaging). The expression cassette replaces approximately 96% of the native genome.3

 

Figure 1. Genomic Structure of Wild Type AAV and Engineered AAV Vector


cap, capsid gene; GOI, gene of interest; ITR, inverted terminal repeat; rep, replicase gene.

 

AAV capsids in both the wild type AAV and engineered AAV vectors are composed of three viral proteins (VPs) named VP1, VP2, and VP3. Sixty molecules of these proteins, estimated to exist in a 1:1:10 ratio (VP1:VP2:VP3), assemble into each icosahedral capsid (Figure 2). The VP sequences overlap, with VP1 being 137 amino acids longer than VP2, which is 57 amino acids longer than VP3. Differences in VP3 sequences distinguish one AAV serotype from another.59

 

Figure 2. Protein Structure of the AAV Capsid


VP, viral protein.

 

AAV exists as at least 11 natural serotypes, which share about 51% to 99% sequence identity in their VP3 protein.60,61 Sequence comparisons between different AAV serotypes identified nine variable regions situated on the capsid surface. The specific amino acid sequences of these regions impact AAV binding to host cell receptors, thus determining cell- and tissue-specific tropism (affinity for a specific tissue or cell type). These variable sequences also function as binding sites (epitopes) for AAV-specific antibodies, thus influencing host immune responses.62

 

An AAV serotype can be tropic to multiple cell types and tissues, and multiple serotypes can be tropic to the same cells/tissues. Researchers isolate serotypes from non-human primates and develop synthetic serotypes using protein engineering to alter tropisms and/or evade pre-existing AAV-specific antibodies.1

 

PAUSE AND PONDER: If your child had a life-shortening genetic disorder and a new AAV9-based therapy became available, how would you feel if your child had a high anti-AAV9 neutralizing antibody titer that excluded them from clinical trials or treatment?

 

Neutralizing antibodies (NAbs) are naturally occurring antibodies that bind to AAV surface epitopes and block uptake into target cells. NAb binding to the AAV capsid can induce rapid clearance of the gene therapy by the patient’s immune system. Clinical personnel must screen patients for pre-existing Nabs. Trial protocols and prescribing instructions often exclude patients with NAbs specific for the gene therapy’s serotype.

 

Older children and adults tend to have a high prevalence of pre-existing antibodies against commonly circulating (wild type) AAV serotypes because of previous exposure to these viruses over the course of their lives. For example, studies showed that approximately 40% of humans have NAbs to AAV serotypes 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9.63 Between 6% and 95% of individuals with hemophilia A and B have AAV-specific antibodies based on AAV serotype and assay used.64 In addition, due to the high degree of conservation of capsid protein amino acid sequences, pre-existing antibodies to one serotype may cross-react with other serotypes, further limiting the availability of a therapy for a patient. Patients without NAbs prior to gene therapy will develop high titers of NAbs following vector administration, rendering them ineligible for additional rounds of gene therapy with the same vector or a cross-reactive serotype.1,63-65

 

Vector Design

To create a vector for a particular disease, drug developers try to target an AAV vector to the specific cell or tissue type where gene correction is needed. The capsid serotype choice significantly influences this decision.

 

AAV2, AAV5, AAV6, AAV8, and AAV9 account for a majority of the ongoing AAV gene therapy clinical trials.60,66 Commonly, AAV2 or AAV8 is the choice for ocular therapies; AAV2, AAV8, AAV5, and AAV9 are best for liver targeting; and AAV2 and AAV9 are preferred targeting muscle or the central nervous system. Some researchers are also using AAV serotypes isolated from rhesus monkeys, such as rh74.60,67 As discussed, AAV9 can cross the blood-brain barrier, allowing IV administration of this serotype to target brain tissue while avoiding invasive intrathecal injections.60,68 Therefore, AAV9 is a popular vector to treat many diseases affecting the nervous system.

 

Developers derive the capsids of AAV vectors either from natural AAV viruses or by engineering capsids through rational design, directed evolution, or computer-guided strategies. The impetus to develop AAV vectors with capsids from less common AAV serotypes or novel engineered AAV capsids serves to improve or modify tissue targeting and circumvent immune recognition.69

 

Considerations for vector design include61,62

  • Choosing the best AAV serotype to target the intended cell type or tissue, using the desired route of administration
  • Potential for tissue-specific promoters (e.g., targeting the muscle for muscular dystrophy or the liver for hemophilia) rather than constitutive promoters (that will drive gene expression in a wide range of tissues and perhaps result in off-target toxicity)
  • Whether an enhancer is needed to boost expression in the target tissue to achieve desired therapeutic effect
  • Modifying capsid epitopes to reduce recognition/response from the host immune system

 

Vector Production and Purification

Once developers choose the best capsid serotype and design the vector, they proceed to the manufacturing step. Gene therapies are complex biologics, and manufacturing and purification are of utmost importance for efficacy, safety, and product stability. Regulatory agencies require good manufacturing practice compliance.70

 

Scientists commonly use mammalian cell lines to propagate engineered AAV vectors and then purify the vectors from cell lysates. Rigorous purification is essential. As the science of gene therapy matures, drug developers continuously improve purification methods. Contaminants from the engineered AAV cultivation process are a potential source of toxicity and can induce unwanted immune responses. Release testing of the final product in the U.S. must comply with a series of FDA-established requirements and predetermined specifications to determine product safety, purity, concentration, identity, potency, and stability.71 Characterization of the final product includes a determination of the viral genome (vg) titer, infectious titer (potency), product identity (AAV capsid and genome), and therapeutic gene identity (expression/activity).72

 

Gene therapy developers follow these steps to manufacture AAV-based therapies73-75:

  1. Use conventional recombinant DNA technology in bacterial systems to produce the plasmids
  2. Use mammalian cell lines, such as human embryonic kidney 293 cells, or insect cell lines, such as the baculovirus/insect cell system, to produce the vectors
  3. Transfect (introduce genetic material into a cell) three plasmids into the cell line
    • a recombinant AAV plasmid containing the expression cassette (see Figure 1b)
    • an adenovirus-based helper plasmid supplying genes needed for virus replication
    • a plasmid containing the essential rep and cap genes needed for virus replication and capsid formation
  4. Collect produced vectors from the cells and purify them. Complex purification processes require multiple methods that may be specific for each individual contaminant. Rigorous purification minimizes patient risk (see Sidebar). Examples of purification process steps (and techniques used) include the following:
    • Cells lysis to release the viral particles (detergent, mechanical stress, hypertonic shock, freeze-thawing)
    • Removal of nucleic acids (nuclease treatment), cell fragments and proteins, cell culture contaminants (centrifugation, filtration, chromatography)
    • Separation of full vector particles from empty particles (cesium chloride gradient ultracentrifugation or chromatography)
  5. Formulate vectors after purification for administration to the patient. Formulation optimization prior to manufacture is not trivial. Some considerations are:73-75
    • Formulation chemical composition must be optimized for intended route of administration
    • Formulation must be sterile and have low endotoxin concentration
    • Formulation must minimize product degradation to avoid aggregation and loss of efficacy due to product instability

       

      SIDEBAR: Patient Safety: The Importance of Purification of AAV69,74

      • Non-vector sequences (including plasmid DNA, helper virus DNA, and DNA from the cell line used to produce the vector) can unintentionally be packaged into the capsids. AAV vector genomes can recombine with non-vector DNA, resulting in AAV vectors that contain chimeric (mixtures of DNA from different sources) sequences. The behavior of these unintended sequences is unpredictable in patients.
      • Capsids containing the complete intended therapeutic gene, partial sequences, unintended chimeric sequences, or no genetic sequence material at all (empty capsids) are all possible outcomes of vector manufacturing. Administering a mixture of different forms of the therapeutic to patients may result in a partial effective dose, thus lowering potency and necessitating administration of higher overall numbers of AAV particles to achieve efficacy. The higher the number of AAV particles, the higher the risk of toxicities and immune system activation.

       

      Toxicities/Adverse Events

      Although AAV gene therapy is generally considered safe, multiple treatment-emergent serious adverse events have occurred following gene therapy administration to patients. These include severe hepatoxicity and thrombotic microangiopathy (TMA). Other potential toxicities and identified risks include myocarditis, neurotoxicity (dorsal root ganglion [DRG] degeneration), oncogenicity, and immunotoxicity.69

       

      In general, AAV vectors administered IV first travel to the liver. Liver enzyme increases denoting liver damage commonly occur and corticosteroid treatment is often effective. On occasion, acute serious liver injury, liver failure, and death have occurred. Although the mechanism is not completely understood, more severe liver injury appears to correlate with higher vector doses. Severe liver injury following AAV vector administration for spinal muscular atrophy (SMA) and X-linked myotubular myopathy genetic diseases has occurred.69,76

       

      TMA is a pathological condition characterized by formation of thrombi (clots) in small blood vessels, following endothelial cell injury. TMA’s clinical presentation often includes complement activation, cytokine release, thrombocytopenia (decreased platelets), and kidney injury/failure. Several cases of TMA have been reported in patients or clinical trial participants following AAV gene therapy for SMA and Duchenne muscular dystrophy (DMD). Treatments for affected patients included hemodialysis, platelet transfusion, and the complement inhibitor eculizumab. As with severe liver injury, TMA development appears to be related to high vector doses.77,78

       

      Several patients in DMD clinical trials have developed myocarditis, which was fatal in one patient. A hypothesis is that pre-existing inflammation in DMD patients’ muscles, including heart muscle, worsened upon local expression of dystrophin. Steroid treatment successfully resolved myocarditis in some cases.79

       

      DRG degeneration/toxicity is an identified potential risk of AAV gene therapy. DRGs are collections of sensory neurons that relay impulses from the periphery to the central nervous system. Researchers have observed AAV vector-induced DRG toxicity mainly in non-clinical studies with pigs and non-human primates. Direct administration of AAV into cerebral spinal fluid and high vector doses were contributing factors. Pathology studies have detected DRG degeneration in autopsy samples from humans who received AAV gene therapy. Scientists do not completely understand DRG toxicity’s underlying mechanisms in animals or the significance of clinical translation to humans.80

       

      Oncogenicity due to insertional mutagenesis (introducing foreign DNA into a person’s genome) is a potential risk of gene therapy. Studies in mice that received AAV vectors revealed integration events and hepatocellular carcinoma. Hepatocyte clonal expansion occurred in dogs following AAV vector administration although tumors were not found. AAV vector genome integration into chromosomes has been detected in humans, but so far AAV-associated oncogenesis has not been reported.58 Due to the potential risk, regulators expect long-term monitoring after vector administration.69,81

       

      Although immune responses to wild type AAV are low relative to other viruses, AAV can engage all arms of the immune system and can do so robustly especially when high vector doses are administered. The immune response to AAV gene therapy is complex, and poorly understood, and can contribute to loss of efficacy and adverse effects. Local (rather than systemic) dosing, use of tissue specific promoters, and increasing the vector’s potency (increasing promoter strength/achieving higher levels of expression per AAV particle) may effectively minimize toxicity.65,76,82,83

       

      Immune responses to AAV gene therapy include the following65,66,79,82:

      • Innate immune responses: may lead to cytokine induction and/or activation of the complement cascade (e.g., toll-like receptor recognition and signaling in response to capsid proteins and nucleic acids)
      • Humoral responses: antibody binding to AAV capsid may activate complement and immune cells and remove the vector from circulation before it can reach its target tissue. After gene therapy administration, the body generates new antibodies that can be specific for a capsid or transgene product.
      • Cellular immune responses: may lead to inflammation and elimination of the cells producing the disease-correcting protein (e.g., activation/expansion of capsid- or transgene-product-specific cytotoxic T lymphocytes)

       

      APPROVED IN VIVO GENE THERAPIES

      As of December, 2023, the FDA approved eight in vivo gene therapies, five of which are AAV based.46

       

      Non-AAV-Based Therapies

      Three of the FDA-approved in vivo gene therapies are non-AAV based; they are adenovirus (Ad)-based or herpes simplex virus (HSV)-based. None are systemically administered, but instead are administered locally to the skin or bladder.

       

      Vyjuvek (beremagene geperpavec-svdt) is a live, replication deficient HSV type 1 (HSV-1) vector genetically modified to express human type VII collagen. Vyjuvek is indicated for wound treatment in patients with dystrophic epidermolysis bullosa with mutation(s) in the collagen type VII alpha 1 chain gene. Topical application to wounds induces production of the mature form of type VII collagen leading to wound healing.84

       

      Adstiladrin (nadofaragene firadenovec-vncg) is a non-replicating adenoviral serotype 5 vector genetically modified to produce human interferon α-2b (IFNα-2b). Adstiladrin is indicated for patients with high-risk Bacillus Calmette-Guérin-unresponsive non-muscle invasive bladder cancer with carcinoma in situ with or without papillary tumors. Intravesical (within the bladder) instillation results in local expression of IFNα-2b protein that is anticipated to have anti-tumor effects.85

       

      Imlygic (talimogene laherparepvec) is a live, attenuated HSV vector genetically modified to replicate within tumors and to produce the immune stimulatory protein granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulating factor (GM-CSF). Imylgic is indicated for local treatment, by intralesional injection of unresectable cutaneous, subcutaneous, and nodal lesions in patients with melanoma recurrent after initial surgery. Imylgic causes tumor lysis followed by release of tumor-derived antigens, which together with virally derived GM-CSF may promote an antitumor immune response. However, the exact mechanism of action is unknown.86

       

      AAV-Based Therapies

      Luxturna (voretigene neparvovec-rzyl) is a genetically modified non-replicating AAV2 expressing the human retinoid isomerohydrolase (RPE65) gene approved in 2017. It’s used to treat patients with confirmed biallelic RPE65 mutation-associated retinal dystrophy, a condition causing progressive retinal degeneration and dysfunction, which can lead to vision loss and blindness over time. Retinal pigment epithelial (RPE) cells produce RPE65. Mutations in this gene result in vision impairment, so Luxturna aims to correct these mutations. A clinician administers 1.5 x 1011 vg of Luxturna subretinally (directly into the space beneath the retina) to each eye on separate days, at least six days apart. Patients typically take systemic oral corticosteroids starting three days before its administration and continuing with a tapering dose for 10 days. Preparation of Luxturna for administration is complex and includes thawing, dilution, and preparation of syringes for injection. Warnings and precautions include endophthalmitis (infection/inflammation of the inner structures of the eye), permanent decline in visual acuity, retinal abnormalities, increased ocular pressure, intraocular air bubble expansion, and cataracts. Immune responses to Luxturna were mild in clinical trials, perhaps due to corticosteroid administration.23

       

      Zolgensma (onasemnogene abeparvovec-xioi) is a genetically modified non-replicating AAV9 expressing the human survival motor neuron (SMN) protein. The FDA approved it in 2019 for treatment of patients younger than 2 years of age with spinal muscular atrophy (SMA) with bi-allelic mutations in the SMN1 gene. SMN protein is key for muscle development and movement and Zolgensma aims to correct these mutations to treat the disease. After Zolgensma is thawed, a clinician administers 1.1 × 1014 vg/kg of Zolgensma intravenously by slow infusion. Patients typically take systemic corticosteroids starting one day before Zolgensma administration and continuing for a total of 30 days. Serious adverse effects described in the Boxed Warning include acute liver injury and failure with fatal outcomes. Other warnings and precautions include systemic immune response, thrombocytopenia, TMA, and elevated troponin (a protein involved in muscle contraction).87

       

      Hemgenix (etranacogene dezaparvovec-drlb) is a genetically modified non-replicating AAV5 expressing human coagulation Factor IX (Padua variant), under control of a liver-specific promoter. Approved in 2022, it is employed to treat male patients with hemophilia B (congenital Factor IX deficiency). The Padua variant has an 8-fold higher specific activity relative to wild type Factor IX, and Hemgenix would ideally correct the disease by providing circulating Factor IX activity. Clinicians administer 2.0 × 1013 gc/kg of Hemgenix by slow intravenous infusion. Hemgenix is a refrigerated suspension that requires dilution into normal saline. The prescribing information recommends corticosteroids, not prophylactically, but only if the liver enzyme aspartate aminotransferase (AST) increases to twice the patient’s baseline value. Warnings and precautions include infusion reactions (including anaphylaxis), hepatotoxicity, and hepatocellular carcinogenicity (theoretical risk if vector DNA integrates into the host cell genome).88

       

      Elevidys (delandistrogene moxeparvovec-rokl) is a genetically modified non-replicating AAVrh74 (originally isolated from rhesus monkeys) expressing human micro-dystrophin. The FDA approved it in 2023 for treatment of ambulatory 4- to 5-year-old patients with DMD with a confirmed mutation in the dystrophin gene. The vector’s promoter/enhancer drives transgene expression predominantly in skeletal and cardiac muscle. The dystrophin protein’s micro version consists of selected domains of dystrophin that confer function to muscle cells. After Elevidys is thawed, clinicians administer 1.33 × 1014 vg/kg by intravenous infusion using a syringe infusion pump. The prescribing information recommends prophylactic corticosteroids following a complex administration and tapering schedule, which is further complicated in patients with DMD already on a corticosteroid regimen. Warnings and precautions include acute serious liver injury, immune-mediated myositis, and myocarditis.89

       

      Roctavian (valoctocogene roxaparvovec-rvox) is a genetically modified non-replicating AAV5 expressing the B-domain-deleted form of human coagulation Factor VIII (the smallest active form of Factor VIII) under control of a liver-specific promoter. Approved in 2023 for treatment of male patients with severe hemophilia A, clinicians administer Roctavian after thawing at 6.0 × 1013 vg/kg by intravenous infusion using a syringe infusion pump. The prescribing information recommends corticosteroids, not prophylactically, but only if liver enzymes increase to 1.5 times the patient’s baseline or to above the upper limit of normal. Warnings and precautions include infusion reactions (including anaphylaxis), hepatotoxicity, and thromboembolic events.90

       

      PAUSE AND PONDER: The prescribing information for Hemgenix and Roctavian do not recommend these gene therapies for women. Why?

       

      A LOOK TO THE FUTURE

      As discussed above, the FDA has approved five AAV-based gene therapies, Figure 3 illustrates disease indications being studied in AAV-based clinical trials including 90 ongoing, interventional studies.41

       

      Figure 3. AAV-based gene therapy clinical trials for different disease indications as a percentage of all AAV-based clinical trials for therapies not yet approved for marketing41

      The percentages of each disease indication were calculated based on the total of current AAV-based interventional clinical trials. Clinical trials were identified using the search terms gene therapy and adeno-associated (for condition/disease) and interventional (study type). Trials designated as recruiting, active – not yet recruiting, enrolling by invitation, and completed were included in the analysis (n = 73). Trials designated as terminated, suspended, or unknown status were not included. Data are current as of April 12, 2024.

       

      Ophthalmology and neurology represent the highest percentage of forthcoming therapies. Within the ophthalmology category, multiple trials are underway for achromatopsia (color blindness), amaurosis (complete vision loss without visible eye damage; typically, an optic nerve disease), and retinitis pigmentosa (progressive vision loss due to retina deterioration), among others. The neurological disease category includes trials for Alzheimer’s disease, Huntington’s disease, Parkinson’s disease, and others. Hematological and musculoskeletal clinical trials are highly focused on hemophilia and muscular dystrophies, respectively. The metabolic disease category is diverse containing a few trials each for numerous genetic diseases.41

       

      Controlling the immune response to AAV vectors is one of the biggest hurdles for future therapeutics. The human immune system is complex and very efficient. Often, it has a back-up plan in case an organism escapes the first round of attack and usually a back-up plan for the back-up plan. It becomes impossible for an AAV vector (a virus in sheep’s clothing) to go unnoticed, especially when the doses are greater than 1 trillion vg/kg of body weight. Thus, a patient’s immune system will go into action starting shortly after receiving gene therapy and mount a multi-pronged attack.

       

      New and improved strategies to control immune responses will greatly benefit patients. Researchers are diligently pursuing strategies (Table 2) that target the vector itself or immune system components.91-93 Success will probably use a combinations of strategies.

       

      Table 2. Strategies to Control or Circumvent Immune Responses91-94

      Strategy Rationale Potential Advantages Potential Disadvantages
      AAV capsid engineering

       

      Remove or alter NAb-binding epitopes ·  Allow dosing with pre-existing NAb

      ·  Allow redosing

      ·  Complex, expensive, lengthy process

      ·  May alter tropism to target tissue

      ·  May require patient screening to determine what epitopes to modify

      Direct administration to appropriate tissue Minimizing systemic exposure may minimize immune response ·  Reduced toxicity after gene therapy administration ·  Not possible for all indications
      Plasmapheresis

       

      Reduce amount of all immunoglobulins in a patient ·  Allow dosing with pre-existing Nab

      ·  Allow redosing

      ·  Invasive procedure

      ·  Not specific for capsid antibodies

      ·  May increase infection risk due to reduced circulating antibody

      Capsid decoys

       

      Pretreat patient with empty capsid to ‘absorb’ capsid-specific antibodies ·  Allow dosing with pre-existing Nab

      ·  Allow redosing

      ·  Depending on clearance time for empty capsid-NAb complexes, may increase the total capsid burden and enhance immune response
      IdeS Degrades all IgG ·  Allow dosing with pre-existing Nab

      ·  Allow redosing

      ·  Good safety profile in transplant patients

      ·  Patient may have pre-existing antibodies to IdeS that could induce an immune response

      ·  Patient may develop antibodies to IdeS, so may not be able to be used more than once

      ·  Not specific for anti-AAV IgG

      ·  Increased infection risk due to reduced circulating IgG

      Immunosuppression Overall or cell type-specific suppression of the immune response ·  Reduced toxicity after gene therapy administration ·  Can have adverse effects, especially if used long term

      ·  Increased infection risk

      AAV, adeno-associated virus; IdeS, immunoglobulin G-degrading enzymes of Streptococcus pyogenes; IgG, immunoglobulin type G; NAb, neutralizing antibody.

       

      Perfection of technologies to remove pre-existing NAbs would allow many more patients to be eligible for gene therapies. Curbing antibody production in the days following the gene therapy may boost efficacy, reduce toxicity, and allow patients to remain eligible for more than one round of AAV gene therapy if needed. Methods to control T cell-mediated responses would prevent destruction of the cells producing the transgene product, increasing the persistence of the curative gene expression.

       

      Early clinical studies took a reactive approach to immune responses to AAV; they used medications such as corticosteroids following observation of increases in liver enzymes or signs of inflammation. More recently, efforts to identify drugs and combinations of drugs that will suppress the immune response prophylactically have accelerated91,93:

      • Corticosteroids (e.g., methylprednisolone): general anti-inflammatory
      • Tacrolimus: inhibits T cell proliferation and differentiation
      • Rituximab: depletes B cells to block antibody production
      • Rapamycin (sirolimus): disrupts cytokine signaling resulting in inhibition of B cell and T cell activation
      • Mycophenolate mofetil: inhibits B cell and T cell proliferation
      • Eculizumab: complement inhibitor
      • Hydroxychloroquine: inhibits toll-like receptor-9-mediated responses to viral DNA an antigen presentation

       

      Researchers must investigate other key variables: the timing of immunosuppression initiation and the requisite treatment duration.

       

      Many clinical trials have employed corticosteroids, but corticosteroids alone are insufficient to control immune responses. Regulators have approved the immunosuppressants listed above for indications other than gene therapy, and their safety profiles are known, making them logical choices to investigate for gene therapy indications. Future work must maximize safety and efficacy of AAV gene therapy while balancing adverse effects of the immunosuppressive regimens.93

       

      SUMMARY

      Gene therapy is a relatively new, complex, and evolving field in medicine that offers hope to patients with previously incurable genetic diseases. The information presented here is intended to introduce a topic that pharmacists and pharmacy technicians may not have been previously exposed to, and perhaps inspire them to read more.

       

       

      Pharmacist Post Test (for viewing only)

      GENES AS MEDICINES: GENE THERAPY
      Pharmacist Posttest

      Learning Objectives
      After completing this application-based continuing education activity, pharmacists will be able to
      • Recognize which patient populations qualify for gene therapy
      • Name the different components of gene therapy vectors
      • Describe toxicities associated with gene therapies
      • Identify gene therapies that are approved/under development in the United States

      1. Which of the following patients would qualify for an AAV9-based gene therapy?
      A. A patient with a monogenic disease who has neutralizing antibodies to AAV9
      B. A patient with a monogenic disease without neutralizing antibodies to AAV9
      C. A patient with an undefined genetic disease without neutralizing antibodies to AAV9

      2. Which of the following is an in vivo approach to gene therapy?
      A. Intravenous administration of AAV5 carrying a dystrophin GOI
      B. An autologous CAR T cell therapy targeting B cells in a patient with B cell lymphoma
      C. Autologous hematopoietic stem cells engineered to produce functional β-globin in a patient with β-thalassemia

      3. Which of the following are components of an AAV vector?
      A. Expression cassette, capsid, GOI
      B. Promoter, cell wall, GOI
      C. Expression cassette, liposome, GOI

      4. Which product is a U.S.-approved AAV gene therapy with a Boxed Warning for serious liver injury and acute liver failure?
      A. Zolgensma
      B. Hemgenix
      C. Adstiladrin

      5. What toxicities are associated with administration of AAV gene therapy?
      A. TMA, blindness, liver failure
      B. Rash, myocarditis, loss of sense of smell
      C. Liver failure, myocarditis, TMA

      6. Which of the following statements is TRUE?
      A. AAV confers a lower risk of inducing gene therapy-related cancers than lentiviral vectors.
      B. AAV serotype does not influence what tissue will express the transgene product
      C. Route of administration of a gene therapy is unlikely to contribute to its toxicity profile

      7. Which situation would warrant administration of the complement inhibitor, eculizumab, in a patient that had received AAV gene therapy?
      A. A patient complains of nausea the day after receiving gene therapy
      B. A patient received gene therapy 5 days afo and has not urinated for 24 hours
      C. A patient’s liver enzymes are elevated 6 months after receiving gene therapy

      8. Which of the following statements is TRUE about viral vector production purification?
      A. Proteins from the cell line used to propagate the vector may promote an inflammatory immune response
      B. The main reason to remove empty capsids from the drug product is to reduce cost to the patient
      C. Capsids containing partial or chimeric DNA sequences may provide a boost in efficacy of the therapy

      9. A patient with sickle cell disease was hospitalized four times last year with severe pain due to vaso-occlusive crisis. The patient tells you that traditional symptom-managing medicines seem to be less effective than they used to be. Which FDA-approved gene therapies would be appropriate to discuss with this patient to educate them?
      A. Hemgenix and Roctavian
      B. Casgevy and Lyfgenia
      C. Breyanzi

      10. The FDA has approved several ex vivo gene therapies since 2017. A patient with -thalassemia learned from his doctor that he is a candidate for ex vivo gene therapy and asks you about the patient experience. Which of the following is the MOST appropriate education to provide?
      A. He will be tested for antibodies to the gene therapy. If the test is negative, then he will be eligible for the therapy. He will receive an intravenous injection in the hospital or as an outpatient and will need to be monitored for several weeks or months for adverse effects and to determine if the therapy is working.
      B. In an outpatient procedure, medical personnel will collect a large number of his white blood cells and modify them in a laboratory in a process that takes several weeks. When the cells are ready, he will go to a special treatment center and get chemotherapy to make room for the new cells. Once he receives the new cells, he will be closely monitored for several weeks, likely requiring an extended stay at the treatment center. He may experience severe, life-threatening adverse effects.
      C. He will be given a drug so his body will produce more stem cells. Those cells will be collected and modified in a laboratory, in a process that may take 4-6 months. When the cells are ready, he will go to a special treatment center and get chemotherapy to make room for the new cells. For several months after receiving the new cells, he may need to stay at the treatment center for recovery and monitoring. At first, he likely will be prone to infections. He will have an increased risk for cancer, requiring monitoring for at least 15 years.

      Pharmacy Technician Post Test (for viewing only)

      GENES AS MEDICINES: GENE THERAPY
      Pharmacy Technician Posttest

      Learning Objectives
      After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacy technicians will be able to
      • Recognize patient populations that qualify for gene therapy
      • Distinguish types of gene therapies
      • Explain the patient experience for different types of gene therapies
      • Describe the pros and cons of gene therapy.

      1. Which of the following patients would qualify for an AAV9-based gene therapy?
      A. A patient with a monogenic disease who has neutralizing antibodies to AAV9
      B. A patient with a monogenic disease without neutralizing antibodies to AAV9
      C. A patient with an undefined genetic disease without neutralizing antibodies to AAV9

      2. Which of the following is an in vivo approach to gene therapy?
      A. Intravenous administration of AAV5 carrying a dystrophin GOI
      B. An autologous CAR T cell therapy targeting B cells in a patient with B cell lymphoma
      C. Autologous hematopoietic stem cells engineered to produce functional β-globin in a patient with β-thalassemia

      3. A single mom has been informed that her 6-year-old son with DMD is a good candidate for Elevidys gene therapy and asks you about the pros and cons of this treatment. Which of the following is the MOST appropriate education to provide?
      A. The treatment may not completely cure her son’s disease; adverse effects are well understood; is very expensive
      B. The treatment may completely cure her son’s disease; may have unknown adverse effects; is very expensive
      C. The treatment may completely cure her son’s disease; may have unknown adverse effects; is not expensive

      4. Which product is a U.S.-approved AAV gene therapy with a Boxed Warning for serious liver injury and acute liver failure?
      A. Zolgensma
      B. Hemgenix
      C. Adstiladrin

      5. What toxicities are associated with administration of AAV gene therapy?
      A. TMA, blindness, liver failure
      B. Rash, myocarditis, loss of sense of smell
      C. Liver failure, myocarditis, TMA

      6. Which of the following statements about patient challenges with different types of gene therapies is TRUE?
      A. Patients receiving AAV gene therapy rarely have immune responses.
      B. Patients receiving CAR T cell therapy for B cell lymphoma are less likely to experience Cytokine Release Syndrome than patients receiving an AAV gene therapy for a monogenic disease.
      C. Patients receiving HSC therapy undergo long term safety monitoring due to increased risk of developing treatment-related cancers.

      7. A patient with Hemophilia A is awaiting his AAV5 neutralizing antibody test results to determine whether he will be able to be treated with Roctavian. He asks you to explain about the potential outcomes and implications of the antibody test. Which of the following statements is TRUE?
      A. If his test is negative (he does not have AAV5-specific antibodies), he will not be able to receive Roctavian.
      B. If his test is negative (he does not have AAV5-specific antibodies), he will be able to receive Roctavian as many times as needed until he is cured.
      C. If his test is positive (he does have the AAV5-specific antibodies), he will not be able to receive Roctavian.

      8. A patient receives prophylactic oral corticosteroids starting 3 days before gene therapy begins. She then receives 2 sub-retinal injections of AAV vector 7 days apart and continues with tapering doses of the oral corticosteroids for 10 days. Which U.S.-approved AAV gene therapy product did she receive?
      A. Luxturna
      B. Zolgensma
      C. Imlygic

      9. A patient with sickle cell disease was hospitalized four times last year with severe pain due to vaso-occlusive crisis. The patient tells you that traditional symptom-managing medicines seem to be less effective than they used to be. Which FDA-approved gene therapies would be appropriate to discuss with this patient to educate them?
      A. Hemgenix and Roctavian
      B. Casgevy and Lyfgenia
      C. Breyanzi

      10. The FDA has approved several ex vivo gene therapies since 2017. A patient with -thalassemia learned from his doctor that he is a candidate for Zynteglo (ex vivo HSC gene therapy) and asks you about the patient experience. Which of the following is the MOST appropriate education to provide?
      A. He will be tested for antibodies to the gene therapy. If the test is negative, then he will be eligible for the therapy. He will receive an intravenous injection in the hospital or as an outpatient and will need to be monitored for several weeks or months for adverse effects and to determine if the therapy is working.
      B. In an outpatient procedure, medical personnel will collect a large number of his white blood cells and modify them in a laboratory in a process that takes several weeks. When the cells are ready, he will go to a special treatment center, and will receive his cells back. He will be closely monitored for several weeks, likely requiring an extended stay at the treatment center. He may experience severe, life-threatening adverse effects.
      C. He will be given a drug so his body will produce more stem cells. His cells will be collected and modified in a laboratory, which may take 4-6 months. He will go to a special treatment center and get chemotherapy to make room for the new cells. He may need to stay at the treatment center for several months for recovery and monitoring. He will likely be prone to infections and be monitored for at least 15 years because of an increased risk for cancer.

      References

      Full List of References

      References

          1. Issa SS, Shaimardanova AA, Solovyeva VV, Rizvanov AA. Various AAV serotypes and their applications in gene therapy: an overview. Cells. 2023;12(5):785. doi:10.3390/cells12050785

           

          1. Naso MF, Tomkowicz B, Perry WL, Strohl WR. Adeno-associated virus (AAV) as a vector for gene therapy. BioDrugs. 2017;31(4):317-334. doi:10.1007/s40259-017-0234-5

           

          1. Shahryari A, Burtscher I, Nazari Z, Lickert H. Engineering gene therapy: advances and barriers. Adv Ther. 2021;4(9):2100040. doi:10.1002/adtp.202100040

           

          1. Dunbar CE, High KA, Joung JK, Kohn DB, Ozawa K, Sadelain M. Gene therapy comes of age. Science. 2018 Jan 12;359(6372). doi:10.1126/science.aan4672

           

          1. Chapa González C, Martínez Saráoz JV, Roacho Pérez JA, Olivas Armendáriz I. Lipid nanoparticles for gene therapy in ocular diseases. Daru. 2023;31(1):75-82. doi:10.1007/s40199-023-00455-1

           

          1. The free dictionary by Farlex. 2003-2023. Accessed December 29, 2023. https://encyclopedia.thefreedictionary.com/

           

          1. 7. Bulcha JT, Wang Y, Ma H, Tai PWL, Gao G. Viral vector platforms within the gene therapy landscape. Signal Transduct Target Ther. 2021;6(1):53. doi:10.1038/s41392-021-00487-6

           

          1. GT Reference – Decoding the science of gene therapy glossary. 2022. Accessed February 16, 2024. https://www.gtreference.com/resources/glossary/

           

          1. American Medical Association. Gene therapy naming scheme. Accessed October 3, 2023. https://www.ama-assn.org/about/united-states-adopted-names/gene-therapy-naming-scheme

           

          1. Peters GL, Hennessey EK. Naming of biological products. US Pharm. 2020;45(6)33-36 June 18, 2020. Accessed October 6, 2023. https://www.uspharmacist.com/article/naming-of-biological-products

           

          1. Wehrwein P. FDA approves Roctavian, the first gene therapy for hemophilia A. Managed Healthcare Executive. June 30, 2023. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.managedhealthcareexecutive.com/view/fda-approves-roctavian-the-first-gene-therapy-for-hemophilia-a

           

          1. Stein, R. Muscular dystrophy patients get first gene therapy. NPR. June 22, 2023. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.npr.org/sections/health-shots/2023/06/22/1183576268/muscular-dystrophy-patients-get-first-gene-therapy

           

          1. Pagliarulo N. FDA approves first gene therapy for hemophilia B. BioPharma Dive. Updated November 23, 2022. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.biopharmadive.com/news/hemophilia-gene-therapy-fda-approval-hemgenix-csl-uniqure/636999/

           

          1. genehome bluebird bio. History and evolution of gene therapy. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.thegenehome.com/what-is-gene-therapy/history

           

          1. Blaese RM, Culver KW, Miller AD, et al. T lymphocyte-directed gene therapy for ADA- SCID: initial trial results after 4 years. Science. 1995;270(5235):475-480. doi:10.1126/science.270.5235.475

           

          1. Sibbald B. Death but one unintended consequence of gene-therapy trial. CMAJ. 2001;164(11):1612. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/11402803/

           

          1. Hacein-Bey-Abina S, Garrigue A, Wang GP, et al. Insertional oncogenesis in 4 patients after retrovirus-mediated gene therapy of SCID-X1. J Clin Invest. 2008;118(9):3132-3142. doi:10.1172/jci35700

           

          1. Cavazzana-Calvo M, Fischer A. Gene therapy for severe combined immunodeficiency: are we there yet? J Clin Invest. 2007;117(6):1456-1465. doi:10.1172/jci30953

           

          1. Pearson S, Jia H, Kandachi K. China approves first gene therapy. Nat Biotechnol. 2004;22(1):3-4. doi:10.1038/nbt0104-3

           

          1. Daley J. Gene therapy arrives. Nature. 2019;576(7785):S12-S13. doi:10.1038/d41586-019-03716-9

           

          1. Vaidya R. Realising the potential of AAV gene therapies. European Pharmaceutical Review. April 27, 2023. Accessed February 14, 2024. https://www.europeanpharmaceuticalreview.com/article/181742/realising-the-potential-of-aav-gene-therapies

           

          1. Aiuti A, Roncarolo MG, Naldini L. Gene therapy for ADA‐SCID, the first marketing approval of an ex vivo gene therapy in Europe: paving the road for the next generation of advanced therapy medicinal products. EMBO Mol Med. 2017;9(6):737-740. doi:10.15252/emmm.201707573

           

          1. Luxturna. Package Insert. Spark Therapeutics, Inc.; 2022.

           

          1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA approves CAR-T cell therapy to treat adults with certain types of large B-cell lymphoma. Updated March 21, 2018. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/fda-approves-car-t-cell-therapy-treat-adults-certain-types-large-b-cell-lymphoma
          2. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA approves brexucabtagene autoleucel for relapsed or refractory B-cell precursor acute lymphoblastic leukemia. October 1, 2021. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/drugs/resources-information-approved-drugs/fda-approves-brexucabtagene-autoleucel-relapsed-or-refractory-b-cell-precursor-acute-lymphoblastic

           

          1. Cross R. CRISPR is coming to the clinic this year. Chemical & Engineering News. January 8, 2018. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://cen.acs.org/articles/96/i2/CRISPR-coming-clinic-year.html

           

          1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA approves innovative gene therapy to treat pediatric patients with spinal muscular atrophy, a rare disease and leading genetic cause of infant mortality. May 24, 2019. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/fda-approves-innovative-gene-therapy-treat-pediatric-patients-spinal-muscular-atrophy-rare-disease

           

          1. bluebird bio, Inc. bluebird bio announces EU Conditional Marketing Authorization for ZYNTEGLO Gene Therapy. June 3, 2019. Accessed April 17, 2024. https://investor.bluebirdbio.com/news-releases/news-release-details/bluebird-bio-announces-eu-conditional-marketing-authorization

           

          1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA approves new treatment for adults with relapsed or refractory large-B-cell lymphoma. February 5, 2021. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/fda-approves-new-treatment-adults-relapsed-or-refractory-large-b-cell-lymphoma

           

          1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA approves idecabtagene vicleucel for multiple myeloma. March 29, 2021. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/drugs/resources-information-approved-drugs/fda-approves-idecabtagene-vicleucel-multiple-myeloma

           

          1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA approves ciltacabtagene autoleucel for relapsed or refractory multiple myeloma. March 7, 2022. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/drugs/resources-information-approved-drugs/fda-approves-ciltacabtagene-autoleucel-relapsed-or-refractory-multiple-myeloma

           

          1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA Roundup: September 20, 2022. September 20, 2022. Accessed February 16, 2024.

          https://public4.pagefreezer.com/browse/FDA/01-10-2022T16:45/https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/fda-roundup-september-20-2022

           

          1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA approves first cell-based gene therapy to treat adult and pediatric patients with beta-thalassemia who require regular blood transfusions. August 17, 2022. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/fda-approves-first-cell-based-gene-therapy-treat-adult-and-pediatric-patients-beta-thalassemia-who

           

          1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA approves first gene therapy for adults with severe hemophilia A. June 30, 2023. Accessed October 6, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/fda-approves-first-gene-therapy-adults-severe-hemophilia

           

          1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA Approves First gene therapy to treat adults with hemophilia B. November 22, 2022. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/fda-approves-first-gene-therapy-treat-adults-hemophilia-b

           

          1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA approves first gene therapy for treatment of certain patients with Duchenne muscular dystrophy. June 23, 2023. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/fda-approves-first-gene-therapy-treatment-certain-patients-duchenne-muscular-dystrophy

           

          1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA approves first gene therapies to treat patients with sickle cell disease; December 8, 2023. Accessed February 14, 2024. https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/fda-approves-first-gene-therapies-treat-patients-sickle-cell-disease

           

          1. Dunleavy K. Vertex, CRISPR's gene-editing therapy Casgevy wins early FDA nod to treat beta thalassemia. January 16, 2024. Accessed February 14, 2024. https://www.fiercepharma.com/pharma/vertex-crispr-win-early-fda-nod-gene-therapy-casgevy-treat-beta-thalassemia

           

          1. Lundstrom K. Viral Vectors in gene therapy: where do we stand in 2023? Viruses. 2023;15(3):698. doi:10.3390/v15030698

           

          1. Wang K, Kievit FM, Zhang M. Nanoparticles for cancer gene therapy: Recent advances, challenges, and strategies. Pharmacol Res. 2016;114:56-66. doi:10.1016/j.phrs.2016.10.016

           

          1. National Institutes of Health National Library of Medicine National Center for Biotechnology Information. ClinicalTrials.gov. Accessed April 12, 2024. https://www.clinicaltrials.gov/

           

          1. REQORSA Immunogene Therapy. Genprex. Accessed September 20, 2023. https://www.genprex.com/technology/reqorsa/

           

          1. Gillmore JD, Gane E, Taubel J, et al. CRISPR-Cas9 in vivo gene editing for transthyretin amyloidosis. N Engl J Med. 2021;385(6). doi:10.1056/nejmoa2107454

           

          1. Gaj T, Sirk SJ, Shui S, Liu J. Genome-editing technologies: principles and applications. Cold Spring Harb Perspect Biol. 2016;8(12):a023754. doi:10.1101/cshperspect.a023754
          2. Godbout K, Tremblay JP. Prime editing for human gene therapy: where are we now? Cells. 2023;12(4):536. doi:10.3390/cells12040536

           

          1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. Approved cellular and gene therapy products. Updated: December 8, 2023. Accessed February 15, 2024. https://www.fda.gov/vaccines-blood-biologics/cellular-gene-therapy-products/approved-cellular-and-gene-therapy-products

           

          ‌47. Yescarta. Package Insert.  Kite Pharma, Inc.; 2022.

           

          1. Kymriah. Package Insert. Novartis Pharmaceuticals Corporation; 2022.

           

          1. Tecartus. Package Insert. Kite Pharma, Inc.; 2023.

           

          1. Breyanzi. Package Insert. Juno Therapeutics Inc.; 2023.

           

          1. Abecma. Package Insert. Celgene Corporation; 2024.

           

          1. Carvykti. Package Insert. Janssen Biotech, Inc., 2023.

           

          1. Skysona. Package Insert. bluebird bio, Inc.; 2022.

           

          1. Zynteglo. Package Insert. bluebird bio, Inc.; 2022.

           

          1. Casgevy. Package Insert. Vertex Pharmaceuticals Inc.; 2024.

           

          1. Lyfgenia. Package Insert. Bluebird bio, Inc.; 2023.

           

          1. Castaneda-Puglianini O, Chavez JC. Assessing and management of neurotoxicity after CAR-T therapy in diffuse large B-cell lymphoma. J Blood Med. 2021;12:775-783. doi:10.2147/jbm.s281247

           

          1. Martins KM, Breton C, Zheng Q, Zhang Z, Latshaw C, Greig JA, Wilson JM. Prevalent and disseminated recombinant and wild-type adeno-associated virus integration in macaques and humans. Hum Gene Ther. 2023;34(21-22):1081-1094. doi:10.1089/hum.2023.134

           

          1. Wörner TP, Bennett A, Habka S, et al. Adeno-associated virus capsid assembly is divergent and stochastic. Nat Commun. 2021;12(1):1642. doi:10.1038/s41467-021-21935-5

           

          1. Mietzsch M, Jose A, Chipman P, et al. Completion of the AAV structural atlas: serotype capsid structures reveals clade-specific features. Viruses. 2021;13(1):101. doi:10.3390/v13010101

           

          1. Daya S, Berns KI. Gene therapy using adeno-associated virus vectors. Clin Microbiol Rev. 2008;21(4):583-593. doi:10.1128/cmr.00008-08

           

          1. Tseng YS, Agbandje-McKenna M. Mapping the AAV capsid host antibody response toward the development of second generation gene delivery vectors. Front Immunol. 2014;5. doi:10.3389/fimmu.2014.00009

           

          1. Elmore ZC, Oh DK, Simon KE, Fanous MM, Asokan A. Rescuing AAV gene transfer from neutralizing antibodies with an IgG-degrading enzyme. JCI Insight. 2020;5(19). doi:10.1172/jci.insight.139881

           

          1. Schulz M, Levy D, Petropoulos CJ, et al. Binding and neutralizing anti-AAV antibodies: Detection and implications for rAAV-mediated gene therapy. Mol Ther. 2023;31(3):616-630. doi:10.1016/j.ymthe.2023.01.010

           

          1. Shirley JL, de Jong YP, Terhorst C, Herzog RW. Immune responses to viral gene therapy vectors. Mol Ther. 2020;28(3):709-722. doi:10.1016/j.ymthe.2020.01.001

           

          1. Li X, Wei X, Lin J, Ou L. A versatile toolkit for overcoming AAV immunity. FrontImmunol. 2022;13:991832. doi:10.3389/fimmu.2022.991832

           

          1. Gao G, Alvira MR, Somanathan S, et al. Adeno-associated viruses undergo substantial evolution in primates during natural infections. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2003;100(10):6081-6086. doi:10.1073/pnas.0937739100

           

          1. Samulski RJ, Muzyczka N. AAV-mediated gene therapy for research and therapeutic purposes. Annu Rev Virol. 2014;1(1):427-451. doi:10.1146/annurev-virology-031413-085355

           

          1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. BRIEFING DOCUMENT Food and Drug Administration (FDA) Cellular, Tissue, and Gene Therapies Advisory Committee (CTGTAC) Meeting #70 Toxicity risks of adeno-associated virus (AAV) vectors for gene therapy. Sept 2-3, 2021. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/media/151599/download

           

          1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. Chemistry, manufacturing, and control (CMC) information for human gene therapy investigational new drug applications (INDs). January 2020. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/regulatory-information/search-fda-guidance-documents/chemistry-manufacturing-and-control-cmc-information-human-gene-therapy-investigational-new-drug

           

          1. Davidsson M, Negrini M, Hauser S, et al. A comparison of AAV-vector production methods for gene therapy and preclinical assessment. SciRep. 2020;10:21532. doi:10.1038/s41598-020-78521-w

           

          1. Clément N, Grieger JC. Manufacturing of recombinant adeno-associated viral vectors for clinical trials. Mol Ther Methods Clin Dev. 2016;3:16002. doi:10.1038/mtm.2016.2

           

          1. Srivastava A, Mallelab KMG, Deorkara N, Brophy G. Manufacturing challenges and rational formulation development for AAV viral vectors. JPharm Sci. Published online April 2, 2021. doi:10.1016/j.xphs.2021.03.024

           

          1. Penaud-Budloo M, François A, Clément N, Ayuso E. Pharmacology of recombinant adeno-associated virus production. Mol Ther Methods Clin Dev. 2018;8:166-180. doi:10.1016/j.omtm.2018.01.002

           

          1. Van der Loo JCM, Wright JF. Progress and challenges in viral vector manufacturing. Hum Mol Genet. 2015;25(R1):R42-R52. doi:10.1093/hmg/ddv451

           

          1. Kishimoto TK, Samulski RJ. Addressing high dose AAV toxicity – “one and done” or “slower and lower”?. Expert Opin Biol Ther. 2022;22(9):1067-1071. doi:10.1080/14712598.2022.2060737

           

          1. Chand D, Mohr F, McMillan H, et al. Hepatotoxicity following administration of onasemnogene abeparvovec (AVXS-101) for the treatment of spinal muscular atrophy. JHepatol. 2021;74(3):560-566. doi:10.1016/j.jhep.2020.11.001

           

          1. Mendell JR, Al-Zaidy SA, Rodino-Klapac LR, et al. Current clinical applications of in vivo gene therapy with AAVs. Mol Ther. 2021;29(2):464-488. doi:10.1016/j.ymthe.2020.12.007

           

          1. Ertl HCJ. Immunogenicity and toxicity of AAV gene therapy. Front Immunol. 2022;13:975803. doi:10.3389/fimmu.2022.975803

           

          1. Hordeaux J, Buza EL, Dyer C, et al. Adeno-associated virus-induced dorsal root ganglion pathology. Hum Gene Ther. 2020;31(15-16):808-818. doi:10.1089/hum.2020.167

           

          1. Sabatino DE, Bushman FD, Chandler RJ, et al. Evaluating the state of the science for adeno-associated virus integration: an integrated perspective. Mol Ther. 2022;30(8):2646-2663. doi:10.1016/j.ymthe.2022.06.004

           

          1. Ronzitti G, Gross DA, Mingozzi F. Human immune responses to adeno-associated Virus (AAV) vectors. Front Immunol. 2020;11. doi:10.3389/fimmu.2020.00670

           

          1. Paulk N. Gene Therapy: It’s time to talk about high-dose AAV. Genetic Engineering and Biotechnology News. July 7, 2020. Accessed October 6, 2023. https://www.genengnews.com/insights/gene-therapy-its-time-to-talk-about-high-dose-aav/

           

          1. Vyjuvek. Package Insert. Krystal Biotech, Inc.; 2023.

           

          1. Adstiladrin. Package Insert. Ferring Pharmaceuticals; 2022.

           

          1. Imlygic. Package Insert. BioVex, Inc., a subsidiary of Amgen, Inc.; 2023.

           

          1. Zolgensma. Package Insert. Novartis Gene Therapies, Inc.; 2023.

           

          1. Hemgenix. Package Insert. UniQure, Inc.; 2022.

           

          1. Elevidys. Package Insert. Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc.; 2023.

           

          1. Roctavian. Package Insert. BioMarin Pharmaceutical Inc.; 2023.

           

          1. Prasad S, Dimmock DP, Greenberg B, et al. Immune responses and immunosuppressive strategies for adeno-associated virus-based gene therapy for treatment of central nervous system disorders: current knowledge and approaches. Hum Gene Ther. 2022;33(23-24):1228-1245. doi:10.1089/hum.2022.138

           

          1. Monahan PE, Négrier C, Tarantino M, Valentino LA, Mingozzi F. Emerging immunogenicity and genotoxicity considerations of adeno-associated virus vector gene therapy for hemophilia. J Clin Med. 2021;10(11):2471. doi:10.3390/jcm10112471

           

          1. Arruda VR, Favaro P, Finn JD. Strategies to modulate immune responses: a new frontier for gene therapy. Mol Ther. 2009;17(9):1492-1503. doi:10.1038/mt.2009.150

           

          1. Jordan SC, Lorant T, Choi J, et al. IgG endopeptidase in highly sensitized patients undergoing transplantation. N Engl J Med. 2017;377(5):442-453. doi:10.1056/nejmoa1612567

           

           

           

           

          Breathing Beyond the Barriers: The Latest 2024 GOLD Report-RECORDED WEBINAR

          Learning Objectives

          The activity will cover the following learning objectives for Pharmacists:
          • Recognize new definitions and parameters surrounding COPD
          • Explain updates coinciding with screening and diagnosis for COPD
          • Differentiate inhaler selection for COPD management corresponding to disease severity and patient specific factors
          • Discuss non-pharmacotherapy strategies for COPD management
          • Apply the 2024 GOLD standards to patient cases

          Activity Release Dates

          Released:  May 30, 2024
          Expires:  May 30, 2027

          Course Fee

          $17 Pharmacist

          ACPE UAN Code

           0009-9999-24-023-H01-P

          Session Code

          24EH23-XFT24

          Accreditation Hours

          1.0 hours of CE

          Accreditation Statement

          The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.

          Pharmacists and Pharmacy Technicians are eligible to participate in this application-based activity and will receive 1.0 CE Hour  for completing the activity  (ACPE UAN 0009-9999-24-023-H01-P), passing the quiz with a grade of 70% or better, and completing an online evaluation. Statements of credit are available via the CPE Monitor online system and your participation will be recorded with CPE Monitor within 72 hours of submission.

          Grant Funding

          There is no grant funding for this activity.

          Faculty

          Maria Miceli, PharmD
          PGY-1 Resident
          Emerson Hospital,
          Concord, MA

          Meagan Coughlin, PharmD, BCGP
          Transitions of Care Pharmacy Specialist
          Emerson Hospital
          Concord, MA

          Faculty Disclosure

          • Drs. Micelli and Coughlin do not have any relationships with ineligible companies.

           

          Disclaimer

          The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

          Content

          Post Test Pharmacist

          << Breathing Beyond the Barriers: The Latest 2024 GOLD Report – Recorded Webinar>>

          Pharmacist Post-test

          After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacists will be able to

          • Recognize new definitions and parameters surrounding COPD
          • Explain updates coinciding with screening and diagnosis for COPD
          • Differentiate inhaler selection for COPD management corresponding to disease severity and patient specific factors
          • Discuss non-pharmacotherapy strategies for COPD management
          • Apply the 2024 GOLD standards to patient cases

          1. Hyperinflation of the lungs is a newly recognized contributory factor of COPD. Which of the following is true regarding hyperinflation?
          a. Hyperinflation results in a decrease in lung gas volume compared to normal values at the end of spontaneous expiration
          b. Hyperinflation is primarily due to increased elastic recoil of the lungs
          c. Hyperinflation can occur at rest or during exercise activities

          2. Which of the following is a screening tool that can be used to assess COPD symptom severity?
          a. Modified British Medical Research Council (mMRC) dyspnea scale
          b. World Health Organization Lung Function Classification scale
          c. Global Initiative for Chronic Obstructive Lung Disease Airflow Limitation Test

          3. You are counseling patient ES on the proper use of an albuterol DPI. ES states that she has noticed no improvement in symptoms since starting her medication. She is concerned that she may not be able to inhale with enough force to administer the medication effectively. Which of the following recommendations can be made to improve medication delivery?
          a. Stop the albuterol DPI and switch to albuterol tablets as tablets are more effective than inhalers.
          b. Consider switching from an albuterol DPI to an albuterol MDI and provide a spacer.
          c. Stop the albuterol and upgrade to a LABA DPI to increase the efficacy of her medication.

          4. Patient DK is currently hospitalized for his second moderate exacerbation of COPD this year. DK’s current blood eosinophil count is 240 cells/mcL. Which of the following treatment regimens is appropriate?
          a. LABA + LAMA
          b. Bronchodilator, only
          c. LABA + LAMA + ICS

          5. According to the CDC, which of the following vaccines is/are recommended in individuals with COPD?
          a. PCV20 followed by PCV23
          b. Hepatitis A + B vaccine
          c. Influenza vaccine

          6. Non-pharmacologic strategies for COPD include which of the following?
          a. Smoking cessation
          b. Limiting physical activity
          c. Dietary salt restriction

          7. According to the recent GOLD Report, updates in COPD screening include which of the following?
          a. GOLD recommends leveraging imaging from lung cancer screening and incidental lung findings for COPD screening.
          b. GOLD recommends low dose chest computed tomography for all individuals 50 to 80 years of age.
          c. GOLD does not recommend pre-bronchodilator spirometry to investigate obstruction in symptomatic patients.

          State of Connecticut Naloxone Training Program-RECORDED WEBINAR

          About this Course

          ****IMPORTANT UPDATE****

          Update August 2024: Naloxone Availability

          Note that, despite their mention in this activity, intramuscular (IM) naloxone autoinjectors are no longer commercially available in the United States (U.S.). Prefilled syringes, however, remain available for IM administration of naloxone.

          Additionally, since the original release of this continuing education activity, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approved naloxone for nonprescription marketing. It’s important to know that the prescription to over the counter (OTC) switch does not automatically apply to all forms of naloxone. Each manufacturer of existing naloxone products must individually apply for redesignation to OTC status. Visit Drugs@FDA: FDA-Approved Drugs to check the up-to-date status of any naloxone product before dispensing.

          The FDA deemed naloxone nasal spray safe enough for OTC use, but that doesn’t preclude the need to counsel individuals on its safe and appropriate use. Pharmacists should counsel all patients buying OTC naloxone nasal spray about signs of an opioid overdose, how to administer naloxone, and other important clinical pearls.

          We encourage all individuals completing this certificate to review our activity An Over-The-Counter Lifesaver: Increased Intranasal Naloxone Accessibility for more information on this topic.

           

          Learning Objectives

          Upon completion of this application based CE Activity, a pharmacist will be able to:

          •        Identify the risk factors for and clinical presentation of a person with an opioid overdose
          •        Discuss naloxone use as an opioid antagonist
          •        Describe naloxone prescribing and dispensing instructions for intranasal and intramuscular dosage forms
          •        Discuss how to administer intranasal and intramuscular naloxone
          •         Review current CT state laws regarding naloxone access
          •        Discuss proper counseling points and technique
          •        Discuss the referral of patients and caregivers to support programs, 211, and physicians specializing in addiction services

          Release and Expiration Dates

          Released:  August 29, 2024
          Expires:  August 29, 2027

          Course Fee

          $50 Pharmacist

          ACPE UAN

          0009-9999-24-040-H03-P

          Session Code

          21NP17-TXX24

          Accreditation Hours

          2.0 hours of CE

          Additional Information

           

          How to Complete Evaluation:  When you are ready to submit quiz answers, go to the BLUE take test/evaluation button.

          Accreditation Statement

          The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.

          Pharmacists and Pharmacy Technicians are eligible to participate in this application-based activity and will receive up to 2.0 CE Hours (or 0.2 CEUs)  for completing the activity ACPE UAN 0009-9999-24-040-H03-P, passing the quiz with a grade of 70% or better, and completing an online evaluation. Statements of credit are available via the CPE Monitor online system and your participation will be recorded with CPE Monitor within 72 hours of submission.

          Grant Funding

          There is no grant funding for this activity.

          Faculty

          Gillian M. Kuszewski, Pharm.D.
          UConn Health Center
          Farmington, CT

          Faculty Disclosure

          In accordance with the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education (ACPE) Criteria for Quality and Interpretive Guidelines, The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy requires that faculty disclose any relationship that the faculty may have with commercial entities whose products or services may be mentioned in the activity.

          • Gillian M. Kuszewski has no relationships with ineligible companies

          Disclaimer

          The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

          Content

          Post Test

          Pharmacist Post-test

          1) Opioid overdose only occurs in low socio-economic groups? T/F

          2) Which of the following is not a risk factor for Opioid Overdose?
          a. History of opioid addiction (especially after abstinence)
          b. Daily opioid doses less than 100mg of morphine equivalents
          c. Comorbid mental illness
          d. Concurrent use of benzodiazepines or alcohol

          3) Which of the following is not a clinical presentation with an opioid overdose?
          a. Slow breathing or respiratory arrest
          b. Blue fingernails and lips
          c. Dilated pupils
          d. Vomiting or making gurgling noises

          4) Naloxone is expensive and hard to administer? T/F

          5) Naloxone should be used when
          a. Breathing status is normal or fast
          b. Breathing status is slow
          c. Not breathing or gasping
          d. B and C

          6) Naloxone is an opioid receptor antagonist at the mu, kappa and sigma receptors? T/F

          7) Which of the following is TRUE when using intranasal naloxone?
          a. Person needs to be breathing to use
          b. Does not need to be assembled
          c. Need to tilt person’s head backwards to prevent the medication from running out of the nose
          d. The recipient will experience pain when it is given

          8) Which of the following is FALSE when using intramuscular naloxone?
          a. Can be administered into thigh or another large muscle
          b. Can administer a second dose after 2-5 minutes
          c. Wait 2 to 5 minutes before administering a second dose
          d. Inject half the contents of the syringe, then wait 2 minutes and repeat

          9) After receiving Naloxone, the patient never requires medical attention? T/F

          10) Naloxone has duration of action of 20-90 minutes; therefore, the person can go back into overdose if long acting opioids were ingested? T/F

          11) A pharmacist who is licensed and registered in the State of Connecticut, and who has been trained and certified regarding the proper prescribing of naloxone, may prescribe an opioid antagonist to which of the following people:
          a. The drug addicted patient.
          b. The drug addict’s mother or father.
          c. A friend of the drug addicted person.
          d. Any person who is concerned about the drug addicted person.
          e. All of the above answers are correct.

          12) When prescribing an opioid antagonist, the pharmacist:
          a. May delegate a pharmacy technician to provide training regarding the administration of the opioid antagonist to the person to whom the opioid antagonist is dispensed as long as the pharmacy technician is under the direct supervision of the pharmacist and has been properly trained by the pharmacist.
          b. Must show a video depicting the proper administration of the medication to the person to whom the opioid antagonist is dispensed and obtain a signature of the person to whom the opioid antagonist is dispensed to.
          c. Must personally provide appropriate training regarding the administration of the opioid antagonist to the person to whom the medication is dispensed and maintain a record of such dispensing.
          d. Is under no obligation to provide training regarding the administration of an opioid antagonist to the person to whom it is being dispensed although it is recommended that the pharmacist provide such training to avoid potential law suits.
          e. Must first obtain permission from the patient’s doctor or practitioner prior to prescribing an opioid antagonist.

          13) A pharmacist may only prescribe an opioid antagonist if the pharmacist has been trained and certified by a program approved by the Connecticut Medical Society and Department of Public Health.

          True False

          Handouts

          VIDEO

          Understanding Treatment Approaches for Autism Spectrum Disorder

          Learning Objectives

           After completing this application-based continuing education activity, pharmacists will be able to

          • DESCRIBE autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and its manifestations
          • LIST medications used to manage symptoms of ASD
          • APPLY techniques to improve care in the pharmacy for patients with ASD and their caretakers

          After completing this application-based continuing education activity, pharmacy technicians will be able to

          • DESCRIBE autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and its manifestations
          • LIST medications used to manage symptoms of ASD
          • RECOGNIZE situations in which they can help patients with ASD and their caretakers appropriately

            A mother and her son in the pharmacy browsing through over-the-counter medication

             

            Release Date: July 15, 2024

            Expiration Date: July 14, 2027

            Course Fee

            Pharmacists $7
            Technician $4

            There is no funding for this CE.

            ACPE UANs

            Pharmacist: 0009-0000-24-035-H01-P

            Pharmacy Technician:  0009-0000-24-035-H01-T

            Session Codes

            Pharmacist:  24YC35-ABC28

            Pharmacy Technician:  24YC35-DBA94

            Accreditation Hours

            2.0 hours of CE

            Accreditation Statements

            The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.  Statements of credit for the online activity ACPE UAN 0009-0000-24-035-H01-P/T will be awarded when the post test and evaluation have been completed and passed with a 70% or better. Your CE credits will be uploaded to your CPE monitor profile within 2 weeks of completion of the program.

             

            Disclosure of Discussions of Off-label and Investigational Drug Use

            The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

            Faculty

            Christie Hurteau, PharmD
            PGY-1 Resident
            Bridgeport Hospital
            Bridgeport, CT

            Jeannette Y. Wick, RPh, FBA, FASCP
            Director, Office of Pharmacy Practice Management
            University of Connecticut
            Storrs, CT

            Faculty Disclosure

            In accordance with the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education (ACPE) Criteria for Quality and Interpretive Guidelines, The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy requires that faculty disclose any relationship that the faculty may have with commercial entities whose products or services may be mentioned in the activity.

            Dr. Hurteau and Ms. Wick do not have any relationships with ineligible companies.

             

            ABSTRACT

            Our understanding of "autism" has evolved from the early 1900s when it was originally described as childhood schizophrenia. Although classified as an independent condition in the DSM-III in 1980, the DSM-V consolidated autistic disorder, Asperger syndrome, pervasive developmental disorder—not otherwise specified, and childhood disintegrative disorder into the term known as autism spectrum disorder (ASD). This has left many healthcare providers confused about the diagnosis and its treatment. Pharmacists and pharmacy technicians need tools so that they will be able to communicate with and help people who have ASD. In addition, they need to have science- based information about the treatments used in ASD, and the indications for which they are employed. It also introduces and expands upon the terms neurotypical and neurodiverse.

            CONTENT

            Content

             

            INTRODUCTION

            Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is a neurodevelopmental disorder characterized by persistent challenges in social interaction and communication, and restricted, repetitive patterns of behavior, interests, or activities. “Autism” has evolved from the early 1900s, when it was originally described as childhood schizophrenia in the first and second editions of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM).1 Autism was classified as an independent condition in the DSM-III in 1980. The DSM-IV in 1994 was the first to recognize autism as a spectrum with various distinct diagnoses. In 2013, the DSM-V consolidated autistic disorder, Asperger syndrome, pervasive developmental disorder-not otherwise specified, and childhood disintegrative disorder into the term known as autism spectrum disorder.2

             

            The change in terminology has left many healthcare providers unsure about how to talk with and about people who have ASD. Researchers from the United Kingdom surveyed 654 English-speaking adults with ASD around the world to determine their preferences.3 Regardless of country, participants tended to favor the terms autism, autistic person, is autistic, neurological/brain difference, differences, challenges, difficulties, neurotypical people, and neurotypicals. Thus, the researchers were unable to find a universally accepted vernacular to talk about autism.3 Perhaps the best way to determine how to describe a patient with ASD is to ask how they themselves prefer to discuss their condition.

             

            The term neurotypical is closely related to the term neurodiverse, and the SIDEBAR describes this relatively new term.

             

            SIDEBAR: Neurodiversity4-7

            Medical insight and social changes in the perception of developmental disorders and neurodevelopmental trajectories, including the autism spectrum, have led to a changing vocabulary and a deeper appreciation of what is “normal.” Increasingly, we understand that human development is neurodiverse, meaning all individuals develop and behave differently. The concept of neurodiversity promotes the idea that people who have neurological limitations also have strengths, and that accommodating their differences as early in life as possible can be beneficial to the individual and to society at large. This is an empathetic, humanistic, tolerant approach.

             

            It's now clear that people with ASD are often skilled in working with systems and finding patterns in complex data or material. This makes them good candidates to work in technology and manufacturing if an employer can accommodate an individual’s needs (e.g., quiet or dimly lit spaces, private or uncrowded work areas). People with dyslexia are often better than others at identifying peripheral or diffuse visual information or processing blurry visual scenes, making them excellent candidates for jobs that engage three-dimensional thinking (e.g., computer graphics, engineering, genetics, or molecular biology). Similarly, people with Williams syndrome (a rare genetic condition that affects physical features, development, and cardiovascular health), Down syndrome, and Prader-Willi syndrome (a rare genetic disorder causing weak muscles, poor feeding, and slow development in infants followed by constant hunger in childhood), tend to be more musical, more friendly, and more nurturing than others, respectively. Researchers have also connected specific strengths to other neurologic and intellectual disability diagnoses.

             

            The origin of these strengths and limitations is probably linked to evolutionary adaptation. Being able to focus on patterns and systems, as seen in ASD, likely helped early humans in hunting and gathering societies. They were able to respond quickly to environmental stimuli and move in an appropriate direction when they identified potential prey. A famous quote comes from the autism activist Temple Grandin, who has autism. She has said, “Some guy with high functioning Asperger's developed the first stone spear; it wasn't developed by the social ones yakking around the campfire.”

             

            The bottom line is that appreciating and respecting neurodiversity is kind and reasonable. Another quote from Temple Grandin explains it well: “Nature is cruel, but we don't have to be.”

             

            Prevalence rates of ASD are reported to be approximately 1% worldwide (i.e., affecting 1 in 100 people), with comparable figures observed in samples of children and adults.8 Prevalence estimates have increased over time and vary greatly within and across socioeconomic and demographic groups. ASD is diagnosed four times more often in males than females.2

             

            PAUSE AND PONDER: How many symptoms of autism spectrum disorder can you list before you continue reading?

             

            Diagnosing ASD

            According to the DSM-V, diagnosis of ASD requires persistent deficits in all three areas of social communication and interaction, in addition to at least two of four types of restricted, repetitive behaviors. Table 1 lists ASD’s core characteristics and symptoms.

             

            Table 1. Symptoms of ASD2

            Social Communication Deficits Restricted/Repetitive Behaviors
            1) Deficits in social-emotional reciprocity

            ·        Reduced sharing of interests

            ·        Struggles with emotional recognition

             

            2) Deficits in non-verbal communication

            ·        Aversion to eye contact

            ·        Abnormal body language/facial expressions

             

            3) Deficits in developing, maintaining, and understanding relationships

            ·        Scripted speech/taking language literally

            ·        Difficulty in sharing imaginative play

            ·        Difficulty making friends

            ·        Absence of interest in peers

            1) Stereotyped or repetitive motor movements, use of objects, or speech

            ·        Arranging objects meticulously

            ·        Echolalia (meaningless word repetition)

            ·        Stereotypical movements like hand-flapping

             

            2) Hypo- or hyper-reactivity to sensory input or unusual interest in sensory input

            ·        Apparent indifference to pain/temperature

            ·        Adverse response to sounds or textures

            ·        Excessive smelling/touching of objects

            ·        Visual fascination with lights or movement

             

            3) Highly restricted, fixated interests that are abnormal in intensity or focus

            ·        Expecting others to share their interests

            ·        Strong attachment to unusual objects

             

            4) Insistence on sameness, inflexibility in routines, or ritualized patterns of behavior

            ·        Discomfort with change

             

            Symptoms must be present in early development, cause clinically significant impairment in functioning, and cannot be attributable to intellectual disability or developmental delay. Since ASD is a spectrum, symptoms, severity, and treatment response vary widely among children and adults. Severity is categorized into three levels, described in Table 2.2

             

            Table 2. Level of Severity of ASD2

            Severity Social Communication Restricted/Repetitive Behaviors
            Level 1

             

            Requiring support

            Noticeable impairments in social communication without support, difficulty initiating social interactions and exhibiting atypical or unsuccessful responses to social cues, possible decreased interest in social interactions

             

            Example: Able to speak full sentences, engages in communications, but social conversation attempts are odd/unsuccessful

            Rigid behavior significantly disrupts functioning in various contexts, challenges transitioning between activities, difficulty with organization and planning
            Level 2

             

            Requiring substantial support

            Marked deficits in verbal/nonverbal social communication skills, social impairments apparent even with support, limited initiation of social interactions, reduced/abnormal responses to social approaches from others

             

            Example: Speaks simple sentences, interaction limited to narrow special interests, odd nonverbal communication

            Difficulty coping with change and showing obvious restricted/repetitive behaviors that interfere with functioning in multiple contexts, distress/difficulty switching focus
            Level 3

             

            Requiring very substantial support

            Severe deficits in verbal/nonverbal social communication skills, severe impairments in functioning, very limited initiation of social interactions, minimal response to social cues from others

             

            Example: Few words of intelligible speech, rarely initiates interaction, makes unusual approaches to meet needs only and responds to only very direct social approaches

            Inflexibility of behavior, extreme difficulty coping with change, restricted/repetitive behaviors significantly interfere with functioning in all contexts, great distress/difficulty changing focus or action

             

            Prognosis

            One concern for many people with ASD and their caregivers is long-term prognosis. A recent systematic review looked at data from 16 small studies (two randomized, 14 non-randomized).9 Only three of the included studies enrolled more than 100 participants, limiting the ability to draw conclusions, but researchers found that early intervention improved children’s prognosis considerably.

             

            Children who received intervention before 2 years of age were more likely to improve their cognition, social skills, and stereotyped behaviors than others. They needed less monitoring at school and were better able to function and integrate socially. These researchers noted that healthcare providers often fail to offer early intervention for four reasons9:

            • Many healthcare providers are unfamiliar with the necessary screening, diagnosis, and intervention tools for ASD
            • Early intervention involves many different strategies and is costly
            • Involving parents in early intervention programs is difficult
            • It’s difficult to recognize ASD’s signs in toddlers younger than 2 years

             

            ASD CASE PRESENTATION

            John, a 10-year-old boy with ASD, enters the community pharmacy with his mother to pick up his prescription for aripiprazole 10 mg tablets. His agitation due to the bright lights and loud chatter from other customers becomes immediately apparent to the pharmacy team. They notice several visible signs and hear auditory cues that indicate his discomfort and distress in the environment. John's body tenses up, with rigid posture and fidgety movements, and his hands are clenched tightly as he paces and rocks back and forth. His facial expressions—furrowed brows and widened eyes—convey distress, and his vocalizations include whimpers and "I don't like it here." Additionally, John exhibits repetitive behaviors such as hand-flapping and tapping his mother. He attempts to retreat from the situation by seeking refuge behind his mother. Understanding his sensitivity to sensory input, the pharmacy team must respond with patience, empathy, and sensitivity to ensure John feels supported and safe during his visit. In addition, John’s mother will appreciate empathy and accommodation.

             

            Strategies for Support

            Pharmacists can employ their medication expertise to help the healthcare team, families, and patients improve ASD management. As John’s description indicates, patients with ASD are often sensitive to sensory input like noise, light, and crowded environments.10 Pharmacists should recognize how a pharmacy setup can affect patients, potentially hindering communication. Offering to move to a quiet, dimly lit, private space (e.g., the consultation or vaccination area) for counseling helps accommodate sensory sensitivities.

             

            When communicating with patients with ASD, pharmacists should consider the patient's level of autonomy and assess the need to interact primarily with the patient or the caregiver. Communication strategies can include using simplified language, direct communication, and patients' names to engage them and aid comprehension. Providing training to pharmacy staff on ASD can help pharmacists and technicians to serve these patients better.10

             

            Putting Strategies in Action

            The pharmacist, Keith, addresses John by name, acknowledges his discomfort, and minimizes distractions to create a more calming environment to put John at ease. For example, “Hello, John. I’m your pharmacist, and my name is Keith. It’s noisy out here. Would you like to move to a quieter room?” A technician familiar with the patient can also make this suggestion as soon as the patient arrives.

             

            Keith also involves caregivers in the discussion, ensures they understand the medication instructions, and addresses any concerns they may have. He also reassures them of his availability for further assistance by saying, “I’m glad we talked about your medications today. If you have questions, you can stop in or call. I’m generally here Tuesday through Saturday, and my coworker Suzanne covers when I’m not here.”

             

            By implementing these strategies, community pharmacists and technicians can improve the patient care experience for individuals with ASD.10

             

            ASD TREATMENT

            ASD is complex, and treatment often involves a multidisciplinary approach targeting various symptoms and challenges.11 Although there is no outright “cure,” effective interventions may enhance functioning of children and adults with ASD. Pillars of treatment include behavioral therapies, speech and language therapy, occupational therapy, educational support, and sometimes medication management.

             

            Behavioral therapy (e.g., applied behavioral analysis) involves creating a structured behavioral plan to improve adaptive skills and reduce inappropriate behaviors by studying affected individuals' functional difficulties systematically. Speech and language therapy is an integral part of ASD treatment for many children. Speech therapy targets difficulty with social communication and language development, which are some of ASD's core symptoms. Language therapy may employ visual supports like picture cards, augmentative and alternative communication devices, and teaching sign language (e.g., American Sign Language). Occupational therapy focuses on enhancing individuals' ability to participate in everyday activities and improve their quality of life. It typically addresses sensory processing issues, motor skill development, self-care skills, social interaction, and coping strategies, aiming to promote independence and function in various environments.11

             

            ASD treatment involves a multidisciplinary care team comprising professionals such as specialists, psychologists, pediatricians, paraprofessionals, and educators; ideally, team members collaborate to address individuals’ diverse needs and provide comprehensive support and intervention.11

             

            ASD Treatment Guidelines

            Several treatment guidelines are available for ASD. The United Kingdom’s National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE) has published ASD guidelines for both children under 19 years old and adults.12,13 The Canadian Pharmacists Journal published ASD practice guidelines specifically for pharmacists. The latter guideline outlines strategies for effective communication and discusses how the community pharmacy team can create a welcoming environment for people with autism and their caregivers.10

             

            Community pharmacists and technicians often encounter patients with diverse needs, including those with ASD. To provide optimal care, it's crucial to understand patients’ unique challenges and tailor services accordingly. Let's look at a case that highlights the importance of accommodating a patient with ASD in the pharmacy setting.

             

            Pharmacologic Interventions

            Pharmacotherapy for ASD primarily focuses on managing symptoms rather than directly targeting core features.8 However, many challenges exist in this area, including limited efficacy and evidence, adverse effects, individual variability, lack of targeted therapies, and long-term monitoring. Prescribers should consider that children with ASD often have heightened sensitivity to medication and are more prone to adverse reactions compared to neurotypical children. It is advisable to initiate pharmacologic treatment at lower doses and increase gradually based on response and tolerability. It's crucial to gather objective symptom measures from various sources both before and after intervention to assess treatment response accurately across different settings.8

             

            Another major hurdle lies in addressing co-occurring disorders that often accompany ASD, such as attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), anxiety, epilepsy, sleep disorders, and more. These additional conditions complicate treatment approaches, requiring tailored interventions to address unique needs. Very limited evidence supports the effectiveness of many medications used to manage ASD symptoms.14

             

            The lack of medications specifically targeting core ASD symptoms and the limited efficacy data for various medications present barriers to identifying effective treatment strategies. Addressing these challenges requires a comprehensive approach that integrates pharmacologic interventions with behavioral, educational, and supportive therapies personalized to the individual's specific needs and circumstances. Additionally, ongoing research is crucial to advance our understanding of ASD and to develop more effective and targeted pharmacological treatments in the future.14

             

            Most medications for ASD are used off-label and few United States Food and Drug Administration (FDA)-approved drugs are available for specific symptom management. Medications used may include atypical antipsychotics, stimulants, serotonergic drugs, alpha-2 adrenergic antagonists, anticonvulsants, and many others.14

             

            Atypical Antipsychotics

            Prescribers often use atypical antipsychotics for irritability associated with ASD. Currently, the FDA has approved only two medications for treatment of irritability associated with ASD: risperidone and aripiprazole.15,16 Both are atypical (second generation) antipsychotics and exert effects through dopamine, 5-HT (serotonin), alpha-adrenergic, and histaminergic receptors in the brain.

             

            Clinical trials have demonstrated effectiveness of these drugs in reducing irritability and, to a lesser extent, repetitive behaviors. They share similar safety profiles, with common adverse effects including fatigue, increased appetite, gastrointestinal symptoms, hyperprolactinemia, weight gain, and sedation. Less common adverse effects include restlessness and akathisia (inability to remain still). Serious adverse effects such as dyslipidemia, hyperglycemia, metabolic syndrome, and extrapyramidal symptoms (e.g., involuntary movements, muscle stiffness, tremors) or drug-induced movement disorders have also been reported, necessitating close clinical and laboratory monitoring.14

             

            Risperidone is FDA-approved for treatment of ASD-associated irritability in children and adolescents aged 5 to 16 years.15 Studies have demonstrated that risperidone may effectively improve core symptoms of ASD, including communication, social interaction, and repetitive behaviors. Non-core symptoms such as aggression, tantrums, and self-injurious behaviors also improved based on various behavioral rating scales. Risperidone is generally well-tolerated and safe, with the most common adverse effect being mild, self-limiting weight gain. In one small study of 97 children treated with risperidone over a 6-month period, participants gained an average of 5.4 kg over 24 weeks. At baseline, 59 of the 97 children (60.8%) had normal weight status. By week 24, only 25 of the remaining 85 children (29.4%) maintained normal weights.17 In adults with ASD, adverse cognitive effects have not been observed in patients treated with risperidone for other psychiatric disorders. However, further exploration is needed regarding the efficacy of risperidone in adults with ASD.18

             

            Aripiprazole is FDA-approved for treatment of ASD-associated irritability in pediatric patients 6 to 17 years old.16 Short-term studies have shown that aripiprazole can improve irritability, hyperactivity, and repetitive behaviors in children and adolescents with ASD compared to placebo. However, researchers have not observed improvement in lethargy or withdrawal symptoms. Aripiprazole use was associated with higher rates of movement disorders such as tremors and muscle rigidity. While aripiprazole may offer benefits, weight gain and neurological adverse effects like involuntary movements can limit its use. Regular monitoring of symptoms and adverse effects is recommended, and further research is needed to evaluate the long-term safety and effectiveness of aripiprazole in treating ASD.19

             

            Other atypical antipsychotics occasionally used off-label for ASD include olanzapine, quetiapine, and ziprasidone. Providers generally avoid first generation antipsychotics due to the higher risk of movement-related adverse effects.14

             

            Revisiting John’s Case

            John's ASD is graded at Level 2—needing substantial support. He requires a range of support services tailored to his individual needs to thrive. For instance, John may benefit from behavioral interventions aimed at addressing his irritability and other behavioral challenges associated with his autism. These interventions could include strategies to manage his sensory sensitivities, develop coping skills, and enhance social communication. Additionally, providing John with structured routines and visual supports, such as clear schedules and visual cues, can help him navigate daily activities more effectively and reduce anxiety. Given his sensitivity to sensory stimuli, providing sensory accommodations like a quiet space or sensory tools (e.g., noise-canceling headphones) can aid in regulating his sensory experiences and minimizing agitation.

             

            Moreover, John's prescription for aripiprazole indicates the need for medication management to address his irritability. Keeping in mind that John is 10 years old and in a period of rapid growth, it's crucial for the pharmacy team to monitor his height and weight regularly. The pharmacy team must inquire about any recent changes in his behavior or symptoms. The reason: the two atypical antipsychotics approved for irritability have similarities and differences that are critical to recognize, and with weight changes, the dose may require adjustments. The pharmacy team can support John's family, particularly his mother, with referral to resources such as parent training programs and support groups that can help them navigate the challenges associated with caring for a child with ASD. John can receive the assistance he needs to thrive and lead a fulfilling life with these comprehensive supports in place.

             

            PAUSE AND PONDER: How many children with ASD receive care from your pharmacy? What behaviors do you see and hear?

             

            Stimulants

            Clinicians often prescribe stimulants to manage hyperactivity and inattention in ASD and co-existing ADHD. Two main classes of stimulants are commonly used in ADHD: amphetamines and methylphenidate derivatives.14 Prior to initiating stimulant therapy, clinicians must evaluate patients' medical and family histories and conduct a comprehensive physical exam focused on cardiovascular health. Ongoing monitoring for common adverse effects, such as appetite changes and sleep disturbances, is imperative, and it is essential to assess adolescent patients for risk of substance use or misuse before treatment initiation.

             

            Amphetamine formulations include amphetamine-dextroamphetamine, dextroamphetamine, amphetamine sulfate, amphetamine, and lisdexamfetamine. Research suggests that amphetamines tend to be slightly more effective in reducing ADHD symptoms than methylphenidate, but they are also less tolerable. In a systematic review of data from more than 10,000 neurotypical individuals (i.e., children, adolescents, and adults without ASD), researchers found that amphetamines were more efficacious in reducing ADHD symptoms, although they were less well-tolerated than both placebo and methylphenidate in children and adolescents.20

             

            Methylphenidate products come in various formulations including immediate- and extended-release tablets or capsules, a transdermal patch, an extended-release liquid, and orally disintegrating tablets. Short-term treatment with methylphenidate has shown some benefit in improving hyperactivity, inattention, and other ADHD symptoms in children with ASD, but studies are small. The largest has enrolled just 66 children.21 Nonetheless, no evidence showed improvement in core ASD symptoms or social interaction. Additionally, while some children with ASD responded positively to methylphenidate, a significant number experienced adverse effects such as irritability, repetitive behaviors, insomnia, and reduced appetite.14

             

            Alpha-2 Adrenergic Agonists

            Alpha-2 adrenergic agonists—including guanfacine and clonidine—are commonly used in ADHD management for younger children. Evidence exists regarding the off-label use of alpha-2 adrenergic agonists in alleviating some symptoms of ASD, so some providers use them off label for this condition. Clinicians commonly prescribe these for children younger than 5 years old with ADHD or hyperarousal (intense, rapid, and often overwhelming emotional responses). These medications are also useful in cases when patients have poor responses to stimulants or selective norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors (e.g., atomoxetine) or when patients have significant co-occurring conditions like sleep issues that preclude stimulant use.

             

            Research on the use of alpha-2-adrenergic agonists in ASD is limited to a few small studies.14 Guanfacine has been shown to be safe and effective in managing hyperactivity and impulsiveness in children with ASD. Common adverse effects of guanfacine include sedation, constipation, irritability, and aggression, but they are generally better tolerated than stimulant medications.14

             

            PAUSE AND PONDER: What kinds of questions should you ask caregivers when they present a new prescription for a patient with ASD? What information do they need to know (but might not think about)?

             

            Other Medications with Limited Supporting Data

            Several medications have been explored with limited evidence in ASD management. These include various serotonergic medications (selective norepinephrine receptor inhibitors [SNRIs] and selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors [SSRIs]), anticonvulsants, gabapentin, and trazodone.

             

            Researchers have looked at SNRIs and SSRIs to treat difficult behaviors in ASD. Venlafaxine has been proven beneficial as an adjunct treatment for self-injurious behaviors, aggression, and ADHD symptoms in children and adults with ASD, particularly when administered at doses lower than those typically used for depression.22 Conversely, duloxetine (also an SNRI) did not demonstrate any additional advantages in addressing comorbid symptoms and behaviors associated with ASD when compared to alternative antidepressants.22

             

            SSRIs can be helpful in patients with comorbid anxiety, which is very common with ASD. However, clinical trials assessing the SSRIs citalopram and fluoxetine found them to have low tolerability and limited effectiveness in addressing repetitive behaviors.23

             

            Anticonvulsants, also known as antiepileptic drugs, are sometimes used off-label in the treatment of certain ASD symptoms. While these medications are primarily indicated for seizure management, they may also be prescribed to address co-occurring conditions such as epilepsy, aggression, irritability, and repetitive behaviors in individuals with ASD. Examples of anticonvulsants studied or used in ASD treatment include valproic acid (valproate), lamotrigine, levetiracetam, and topiramate.14 However, the evidence supporting anticonvulsants' efficacy in treating ASD symptoms remains limited, and healthcare professionals should consider the use of these drugs carefully and monitor closely for potential adverse effects and individual variability in response. 14

             

            Limited research suggests that carbamazepine, oxcarbazepine, levetiracetam, and topiramate may exacerbate hyperactivity, mood disturbances, psychotic symptoms, and other psychiatric or behavioral issues in individuals with ASD.24 These effects appear most common with levetiracetam. Evidence is inconclusive on the role of anticonvulsants in ASD in the absence of epilepsy, but there always remains potential for specific cases. Further research is needed to better understand the safety and effectiveness of anticonvulsants in ASD treatment and to identify subgroups of individuals who may benefit most from this approach.

             

            Off-label use of gabapentin and trazodone for ASD presents significant patient safety concerns. Despite lacking FDA approval for this indication, these drugs are increasingly prescribed, leading to adverse drug reactions.25 Gabapentin is often used off-label to address anxiety and occasionally behavioral problems. Gabapentin can also cause central nervous system depression. Its use in ASD is poorly studied, with one study that enrolled just 23 children (mean age 7.2) with various neurologic diagnoses finding that 78% of children had improved sleep at doses of 5 mg/kg 30 to 40 minutes before bedtime.26 However, further research is required to substantiate these findings.26

             

            Very limited evidence supports using trazodone to manage irritability, but many individuals with ASD still use it, as sleep disturbances are very common. Safety considerations exist, as trazodone poses risks of overdose-related complications, including arrhythmias, respiratory arrest, coma, and the rare but serious condition of priapism. Overprescribing of these medications is increasing and not backed by evidence, especially in ASD. Cautious prescribing practices and thorough patient education are needed to ensure the safety and well-being of individuals with ASD using gabapentin and trazodone.

             

            As mentioned, sleep problems are common in children with ASD. In fact, between 40% and 80% of children with ASD develop them.27 For many children, insomnia is the problem, but other children develop parasomnias (e.g., sleep talking, sleepwalking, sleep terrors), or circadian rhythm sleep-wake disorders. Prescribers have various options available to treat insomnia, but in autism, the largest body of work describes the use of melatonin to improve sleep onset and maintenance. Research suggests using lowest doses (1 to 2 mg) and titrating upward gradually.28,29

             

            John Develops Insomnia

            Once again, John and his mother visit the pharmacy to fill a prescription. His mom says that although they have a very structured schedule and John's regular bedtime is 9:00 PM, John has difficulty falling asleep and is often awake and moving around in his room for long periods of time. His mom says, “Recently, it feels like he's awake all night long and his symptoms are worse when he doesn't get enough sleep. It's a vicious cycle.” She looks exhausted; a key issue when children with ASD develop sleep disorders is that the entire family often loses sleep.

             

            Mom also reports that her primary care provider has counseled her on ways to help John get to sleep, including discouraging behaviors that interrupt sleep, using positive reinforcement when John is actively trying to sleep, and employing relaxation techniques. She says that she moved his bedtime to 11:00 PM and he has been a little bit sleepier. Her plan is to move John’s bedtime 15 minutes earlier each week. Regardless, John and his entire family still need additional help with this issue. John’s mother indicates that the prescriber told her to speak with the pharmacist so she can find the most reliable melatonin product. That’s a prudent recommendation, since many supplements are mislabeled or unreliable.28

             

            PHARMACY IMPLICATIONS

            Pharmacists, pharmacy technicians, and the community pharmacy setting serve as essential components of healthcare for patients with ASD and their families. The pharmacy team can address concerns, provide encouragement, and ensure parents and caregivers feel equipped to manage medication administration effectively. Pharmacists can provide counseling and technicians can offer support to help caregivers confidently manage medication regimens for patients with ASD, ensuring better adherence and improved healthcare outcomes. Table 3 lists important reminders for the pharmacy team.

             

            Table 3. Best Interventions for Children with ASD at the Pharmacy10,30,31

             

            • Anticipate that you will provide care for patients with ASD and identify a calm area where you can council without noise or distraction
            • Accept that some parents do not want to take any more time in a store (pharmacy or not) than they must, and try to accommodate them
            • At every visit, ask if anything has changed since the last visit and record an updated height and weight (especially if the patient is on a medication dosed by weight)
            • If parents struggle with administering medications to children with ASD
              • Provide tailored support and education, offer clear and concise medication instructions using visual aids and use simplified language
              • Recommend dosage forms like liquids or chewable tablets to ease administration challenges
              • Offer customized packaging options such as unit-dose blister packs or pre-filled syringes proactively to simplify dosing and organization
              • Help parents and caregivers create visual medication schedules or reward systems to reduce anxiety during medication administration
            • Encourage parents and caregivers to keep a diary of symptoms so they can monitor the patient’s response to newly prescribed medications
            • Remember that stimulants, gabapentin, and trazodone have been linked to abuse and all families need to be reminded to store these drugs securely
              • In some states, gabapentin is a controlled substance

             

            Pharmacists are a valuable drug information resource and adept at assessing existing evidence to help patients with ASD and their families make well-informed decisions. Pharmacy involvement is invaluable in providing optimal care and support for this patient population.

            The Future of Treating ASD

            The future of pharmacologic treatment for ASD holds promise but also faces significant challenges. Continued research into ASD's underlying neurobiologic mechanisms may lead to the development of more targeted interventions tailored to address specific symptoms and subtypes of the disorder. Additionally, advancements in genetic testing and biomarker identification could enable personalized treatment approaches, optimizing efficacy while minimizing adverse effects.

             

            Large-scale clinical trials and collaborative research efforts to evaluate treatment effectiveness comprehensively are needed. Ultimately, the future of medication therapy for ASD will depend on the ability to integrate advancements with a nuanced understanding of individual differences and needs of patients with ASD.14

             

            CONCLUSION

            While progress has been made in understanding and treating ASD, significant challenges remain. A comprehensive approach combining behavioral interventions, therapies, and pharmacotherapy tailored to individual needs is essential for improving outcomes in individuals with ASD. Continued research efforts are necessary to develop more effective and evidence-based treatments for this complex disorder. Temple Grandin explains it well: “A treatment method or an educational method that will work for one child may not work for another child. The one common denominator for all of the young children is that early intervention does work, and it seems to improve the prognosis.”

             

            Pharmacist Post Test (for viewing only)

            UNDERSTANDING TREATMENT APPROACHES FOR AUTISM SPECTRUM DISORDER

            Pharmacist Post Test

            After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacists will be able to
            • DESCRIBE autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and its manifestations
            • LIST medications used to manage symptoms of ASD
            • APPLY techniques to improve care in the pharmacy for patients with ASD and their caretakers

            1. Which of the following is TRUE about autism spectrum disorder?
            A. It affects 10% of children worldwide
            B. It affects four times as many males than females
            C. Prevalence has decreased over the past decade

            2. Which of the following symptom lists BEST represents autism spectrum disorder?
            A. Avoiding eye contact, sensitivity to loud noises, disinterest in peers or making friends
            B. Strong attachment to unusual objects, sensitivity to cold temperatures, discomfort with change
            C. Hand flapping, excessive smelling of objects, increased sharing of imaginative play

            3. Which job would an individual with ASD be expected to excel at?
            A. A professional musician
            B. A manufacturing job in a busy warehouse
            C. An accounting job at a quiet firm

            4. Which of the following is TRUE about sleep disorders in patients with ASD?
            A. They are relatively uncommon, affecting about 20% of patients with ASD
            B. They are best treated with non-pharmacologic techniques with or without melatonin
            C. Patients with ASD typically only develop parasomnias like sleepwalking or sleep talking

            5. Which of the following is FDA-approved to treat ASD-associated irritability in a 5-year-old?
            A. Quetiapine
            B. Aripiprazole
            C. Risperidone

            6. Which of the following is TRUE about aripiprazole for ASD?
            A. It’s used off-label to treat ASD-associated insomnia
            B. It can improve repetitive behaviors seen in ASD
            C. It’s known to cause decreased appetite and weight loss

            7. Which of the following co-occurring conditions in a patient with ASD could benefit from the use of dextroamphetamine?
            A. Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder
            B. Sleep disturbances (e.g., insomnia)
            C. Self-injurious behaviors and aggression

            8. Which of the following is gabapentin used off-label to treat in ASD?
            A. Insomnia
            B. Anxiety
            C. Epilepsy

            9. George is a 3-year-old boy who comes to the pharmacy with his mom. George’s mom asks your help picking out a melatonin supplement for her son who is having trouble sleeping at night. She explains that his pediatrician recommended getting him evaluated for ASD based on other symptoms he is exhibiting, but she thinks this isn’t necessary. She says “he’s just a toddler who can’t sleep because he’s too excited, we’ll try the melatonin first.” Which of the following is the BEST response?
            A. Advocate to have George evaluated soon, rather than waiting, as outcomes are better for patients who are diagnosed and treated earlier
            B. Let her know she’s right to delay evaluation because providers typically can’t diagnose ASD before 8 years of age
            C. Offer to contact George’s pediatrician to see if she is willing to prescribe trazodone, as it works better for patients with ASD-associated insomnia

            10. Amelia is a 12-year-old patient with diagnosed ASD who comes to the pharmacy with her mom to pick up her prescription for aripiprazole. You are understaffed due to a call out and the only technician is assisting someone in the drive thru while you are on hold with an insurance company. Amelia and her mom are third in line at pick-up, and you notice Amelia is pacing back and forth, shielding her eyes from the fluorescent lights, and tugging her mom’s arm asking to leave. Which of the following is the BEST course of action?
            A. Toss Amelia’s mom your noise-cancelling headphones and a pair of sunglasses and tell her you will be with her as soon as you can
            B. Make a note to contact Amelia’s provider and let them know that her aripiprazole dose should be increased
            C. Offer to let Amelia and her mom wait in your vaccination area with the lights off until you or the technician can help her

            Pharmacy Technician Post Test (for viewing only)

            UNDERSTANDING TREATMENT APPROACHES FOR AUTISM SPECTRUM DISORDER

            Pharmacy Technician Post-test

            After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacy technician will be able to
            • DESCRIBE autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and its manifestations
            • LIST medications used to manage symptoms of ASD
            • RECOGNIZE situations in which they can help patients with ASD and their caretakers appropriately

            1. Which of the following is TRUE about autism spectrum disorder?
            A. It affects 10% of children worldwide
            B. It affects four times as many males than females
            C. Prevalence has decreased over the past decade

            2. Which of the following symptom lists BEST represents autism spectrum disorder?
            A. Avoiding eye contact, sensitivity to loud noises, disinterest in peers or making friends
            B. Strong attachment to unusual objects, sensitivity to cold temperatures, discomfort with change
            C. Hand flapping, excessive smelling of objects, increased sharing of imaginative play

            3. Which job would an individual with ASD be expected to excel at?
            A. A professional musician
            B. A manufacturing job in a busy warehouse
            C. An accounting job at a quiet firm

            4. Which of the following is TRUE about sleep disorders in patients with ASD?
            A. They are relatively uncommon, affecting about 20% of patients with ASD
            B. They are best treated with non-pharmacologic techniques with or without melatonin
            C. Patients with ASD typically only develop parasomnias like sleepwalking or sleep talking

            5. Which of the following is FDA-approved to treat ASD-associated irritability in a 5-year-old?
            A. Quetiapine
            B. Aripiprazole
            C. Risperidone

            6. Which of the following is TRUE about aripiprazole for ASD?
            A. It’s used off-label to treat ASD-associated insomnia
            B. It can improve repetitive behaviors seen in ASD
            C. It’s known to cause decreased appetite and weight loss

            7. Which of the following co-occurring conditions in a patient with ASD could benefit from the use of dextroamphetamine?
            A. Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder
            B. Sleep disturbances (e.g., insomnia)
            C. Self-injurious behaviors and aggression

            8. Which of the following is gabapentin used off-label to treat in ASD?
            A. Insomnia
            B. Anxiety
            C. Epilepsy

            9. Which of the following strategies helps patients with ASD feel more comfortable coming to the pharmacy?
            A. Greet them by name upon arrival
            B. Avoid talking to them directly
            C. Conduct transactions as slowly as possible

            10. Amelia is a 12-year-old patient with diagnosed ASD who comes to the pharmacy with her mom to pick up her prescription for aripiprazole. You are understaffed due to a call out and you are the only technician working today. You are assisting someone in the drive thru while the pharmacist is on hold with an insurance company. Amelia and her mom are third in line at pick-up, and you notice Amelia is pacing back and forth, shielding her eyes from the fluorescent lights, and tugging her mom’s arm asking to leave. Which of the following is the BEST course of action?
            A. Toss Amelia’s mom your noise-cancelling headphones and a pair of sunglasses and tell her you will be with her as soon as you can
            B. Make a note to tell the pharmacist to contact Amelia’s provider and let them know that her aripiprazole dose should be increased
            C. Offer to let Amelia and her mom wait in your vaccination area with the lights off until you or the pharmacist can help her

            References

            Full List of References

            References

               

              1. Sasson NJ, Pinkham AE, Carpenter KL, Belger A. The benefit of directly comparing autism and schizophrenia for revealing mechanisms of social cognitive impairment. J Neurodev Disord. 2011;3(2):87-100. doi:10.1007/s11689-010-9068-x
              2. American Psychiatric Association. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fifth Edition, Text Revision (DSM-5-TR). 2022;5(5). https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.books.9780890425787
              3. Keating CT, Hickman L, Leung J, et al. Autism-related language preferences of English-speaking individuals across the globe: A mixed methods investigation. Autism Res. 2023;16(2):406-428. doi:10.1002/aur.2864
              4. Bąbel P, Ostaszewski P. Between neurodiversity and therapy: the importance of making conscious and responsible choices in supporting individuals on the autism spectrum. Postep Psychiatr Neurol. 2023;32(4):175-180. doi:10.5114/ppn.2023.135596
              5. Armstrong T. The myth of the normal brain: embracing neurodiversity. AMA J Ethics. 2015;17(4):348-352. doi:10.1001/journalofethics.2015.17.4.msoc1-1504
              6. Brüne M, Belsky J, Fabrega H, et al. The crisis of psychiatry - insights and prospects from evolutionary theory. World Psychiatry. 2012;11(1):55-57. doi:10.1016/j.wpsyc.2012.01.009
              7. Solomon A. The autism rights movement. New York Magazine. June 2, 2008. Accessed April 4, 2024. http://nymag.com/news/features/47225/
              8. Zeidan J, Fombonne E, Scorah J, et al. Global prevalence of autism: A systematic review update. Autism Res. 2022;15(5):778-790. doi:10.1002/aur.2696
              9. Pires JF, Grattão CC, Gomes RMR. The challenges for early intervention and its effects on the prognosis of autism spectrum disorder: a systematic review. Dement Neuropsychol. 2024;18:e20230034. doi:10.1590/1980-5764-DN-2023-0034
              10. Kadi R, Gayed F, Kauzman P, et al. Autism spectrum disorder: Practice guidelines for pharmacists. Can Pharm J (Ott). 2024;157(2):58-65. doi:10.1177/17151635241228495
              11. Hyman SL, Levy SE, Myers SM; COUNCIL ON CHILDREN WITH DISABILITIES, SECTION ON DEVELOPMENTAL AND BEHAVIORAL PEDIATRICS. Identification, Evaluation, and Management of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder. Pediatrics. 2020;145(1):e20193447. doi:10.1542/peds.2019-3447
              12. Autism spectrum disorder in under 19s: support and management. London: National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE); June 14, 2021.
              13. Autism spectrum disorder in adults: diagnosis and management. London: National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE); June 14, 2021.
              14. Aishworiya R, Valica T, Hagerman R, Restrepo B. An Update on Psychopharmacological Treatment of Autism Spectrum Disorder. Neurotherapeutics. 2022;19(1):248-262. doi:10.1007/s13311-022-01183-1
              15. Risperdal [package insert]. Janssen Pharmaceutical Companies; 2022. Accessed May 10, 2024. https://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/label/2022/020272s087,021444s059lbl.pdf
              16. Abilify [package insert]. Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co; 2022. Accessed May 10, 2024. https://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/label/2022/021436s048lbledit.pdf
              17. Scahill L, Jeon S, Boorin SJ, et al. Weight Gain and Metabolic Consequences of Risperidone in Young Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry. 2016;55(5):415-423. doi:10.1016/j.jaac.2016.02.016
              18. Hutchinson J, Folawemi O, Bittla P, et al. The Effects of Risperidone on Cognition in People With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Systematic Review. Cureus. 2023;15(9):e45524. doi:10.7759/cureus.45524
              19. Hirsch LE, Pringsheim T. Aripiprazole for autism spectrum disorders (ASD). Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2016;2016(6):CD009043. doi:10.1002/14651858.CD009043.pub3
              20. Cortese S, Adamo N, Del Giovane C, et al. Comparative efficacy and tolerability of medications for attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder in children, adolescents, and adults: a systematic review and network meta-analysis. Lancet Psychiatry. 2018;5(9):727-738. doi:10.1016/S2215-0366(18)30269-4
              21. Posey DJ, Aman MG, McCracken JT, et al. Positive effects of methylphenidate on inattention and hyperactivity in pervasive developmental disorders: an analysis of secondary measures. Biol Psychiatry. 2007;61(4):538-544. doi:10.1016/j.biopsych.2006.09.028
              22. Nanjappa MS, Voyiaziakis E, Pradhan B, Mannekote Thippaiah S. Use of selective serotonin and norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors (SNRIs) in the treatment of autism spectrum disorder (ASD), comorbid psychiatric disorders and ASD-associated symptoms: a clinical review. CNS Spectr. 2022;27(3):290-297. doi:10.1017/S109285292000214X
              23. Hellings J. Pharmacotherapy in autism spectrum disorders, including promising older drugs warranting trials. World J Psychiatry. 2023;13(6):262-277. doi:10.5498/wjp.v13.i6.262
              24. Chen B, Choi H, Hirsch LJ, et al. Psychiatric and behavioral side effects of antiepileptic drugs in adults with epilepsy. Epilepsy Behav. 2017;76:24-31. doi:10.1016/j.yebeh.2017.08.039
              25. Lenzer J. Pfizer pleads guilty, but drug sales continue to soar. BMJ. 2004;328(7450):1217. doi:10.1136/bmj.328.7450.1217
              26. Mammarella V, Orecchio S, Cameli N, et al. Using pharmacotherapy to address sleep disturbances in autism spectrum disorders. Expert Rev Neurother. 2023;23(12):1261-1276. doi:10.1080/14737175.2023.2267761
              27. Sidhu N, Wong Z, Bennett AE, Souders MC. Sleep Problems in Autism Spectrum Disorder. Pediatr Clin North Am. 2024;71(2):253-268. doi:10.1016/j.pcl.2024.01.006
              28. Souders MC, Taylor BJ, Zavodny Jackson S. Sleep Problems in Autism Spectrum Disorder. In: White SW, Maddox BB, Mazefsky CA, eds. The Oxford Handbook of Autism and Co-Occurring Psychiatric Conditions. Oxford University Press; 2020: 258-283. Accessed May 10, 2024. https://academic.oup.com/edited-volume/28150/chapter-abstract/212932907
              29. Williams Buckley A, Hirtz D, Oskoui M, et al. Practice guideline: Treatment for insomnia and disrupted sleep behavior in children and adolescents with autism spectrum disorder: Report of the Guideline Development, Dissemination, and Implementation Subcommittee of the American Academy of Neurology. Neurology. 2020;94(9):392-404. doi:10.1212/WNL.0000000000009033
              30. Kurtz SP, Buttram ME, Margolin ZR, Wogenstahl K. The diversion of nonscheduled psychoactive prescription medications in the United States, 2002 to 2017. Pharmacoepidemiol Drug Saf. 2019;28(5):700-706. doi:10.1002/pds.4771
              31. Anderson LA. Is gabapentin a controlled substance/narcotic? Drugs.com. Updated December 5, 2022. Accessed April 5, 2024. https://www.drugs.com/medical-answers/gabapentin-narcotic-controlled-substance-3555993/

              Management of Adults with Type 2 Diabetes: A Patient-Focused Approach

              Learning Objectives

               After completing this application-based continuing education activity, pharmacists will be able to

              ·       Describe type 2 diabetes diagnostic criteria and glycemic targets
              ·       Identify the components of diabetes self-management education and support
              ·       Recognize the importance of an individualized treatment program
              ·       List treatment recommendations for type 2 diabetes in the setting of common comorbidities

              After completing this application-based continuing education activity, pharmacy technicians will be able to

              ·       Describe type 2 diabetes diagnostic criteria and glycemic targets
              ·       Identify the components of diabetes self-management education and support
              ·       Recognize the importance of an individualized treatment program
              ·       List common comorbidities in type 2 diabetes

                 

                Release Date: July 15, 2024

                Expiration Date: July 15, 2027

                Course Fee

                Pharmacists $7
                Technician $4

                There is no funding for this CE.

                ACPE UANs

                Pharmacist: 0009-0000-24-034-H01-P

                Pharmacy Technician:  0009-0000-24-034-H01-T

                Session Codes

                Pharmacist:  24YC34-FPX42

                Pharmacy Technician:  24YC34-PFX24

                Accreditation Hours

                2.0 hours of CE

                Accreditation Statements

                The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.  Statements of credit for the online activity ACPE UAN 0009-0000-24-034-H01-P/T will be awarded when the post test and evaluation have been completed and passed with a 70% or better. Your CE credits will be uploaded to your CPE monitor profile within 2 weeks of completion of the program.

                 

                Disclosure of Discussions of Off-label and Investigational Drug Use

                The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

                Faculty

                Gretchen De Nike Irion, Pharm.D.
                Retired Hospital Pharmacist
                Redwood, CA

                Faculty Disclosure

                In accordance with the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education (ACPE) Criteria for Quality and Interpretive Guidelines, The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy requires that faculty disclose any relationship that the faculty may have with commercial entities whose products or services may be mentioned in the activity.

                Dr. Irion does not have any relationships with ineligible companies.

                 

                ABSTRACT

                The diabetes epidemic is growing globally. Knowledge of current standards of care is essential for healthcare professionals. Understanding the importance of lifestyle recommendations and current pharmacologic therapies based on comorbidities is integral to improving diabetic patient outcomes. This continuing education activity follows a format similar to the Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes, focusing on the non-pregnant adult with T2DM. The current standards stress the importance of assessing each patient as an individual and emphasize a team care approach with patient involvement in monitoring diet, weight, physical exercise, and glycemic targets. This continuing education activity reviews the treatment of comorbid conditions, including obesity, hyperlipidemia, hypertension, heart disease, and chronic kidney disease, in addition to glycemic care. Using glucose-lowering therapy that decreases weight and slows cardiovascular disease progression is the new standard of care. Current medication therapy highlights incorporation of sodium-glucose cotransporter 2 inhibitors and glucagon-like peptide-1 agonists into therapeutic treatment plans.

                CONTENT

                Content

                INTRODUCTION

                Many years ago, I dined with a large man who looked as if he had lost a substantial amount of weight. He ordered meat and vegetables and explained to me that he had eliminated most carbohydrates from his diet. As a result of dietary changes, he was able to discontinue his diabetes medication. As a pharmacist, this concept of treating a disease with lifestyle changes, rather than medication, left a profound impact.

                 

                Globally, diabetes mellites is the ninth major cause of death. This epidemic has quadrupled in the past 30 years, affecting about one in 11 adults.1 Type 2 diabetes mellitus (T2DM) accounts for approximately 90% of diabetes mellitus diagnoses.1 Traditionally, treatment goals focused on hemoglobin A1C (HbA1c) and blood glucose levels to treat T2DM. However, the incidence of diabetes and diabetic complications continues to rise despite the many hypoglycemic medications on the market.2,3 Many older hypoglycemics can lead to weight gain, conflicting with the treatment goal of decreasing body mass.4 Optimizing diet, nutrition, and physical exercise are important treatment components, but patients may find this challenging. The healthcare team can supply the necessary support to optimize therapy. If lifestyle modifications and traditional treatments are ineffective, newer T2DM medications offer novel treatment approaches that potentially improve overall patient outcomes.

                 

                Prevalence and Risk Factors

                The global adult prevalence of diabetes is significant and varies by several factors5:

                • Overall, approximately 6.1%
                • Males 6.5%
                • Females 5.8%
                • Older adults between the ages of 65 and 95 years, over 20%
                • Adults in their late 70’s (75 to 79 years) 24.4%.

                 

                In 76.5% of those with T2DM, research found risk factors were present, with high body mass index (BMI) being the primary risk factor for T2DM worldwide. Other risk factors included dietary risks, environmental or occupational risks, tobacco use, low physical activity, and alcohol use.5

                 

                According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) National Diabetes Statistics Report (2023), in the United States in 2019, 8.7% of the population had diagnosed diabetes. Its prevalence also varied by ethnicity6:

                • Native Americans and Alaska Natives 14.5%
                • Non-Hispanic blacks 12.1%
                • Hispanics 11.8%
                • Non-Hispanic Asians 9.5%
                • Non-Hispanic whites 7.4%.

                 

                People with less than a high school education were more likely to have diabetes (13.4%) than those with a high school education (9.2%) and those with more than a high school education (7.1%). Below the federal poverty level, the prevalence was 13.7% for men and 14.4% for women. The percentages vary depending on the affected individuals’ eating and exercise habits, age, ethnicity, culture, location, education level, and economic status.6

                 

                Diagnosis

                According to the American Diabetes Association (ADA) Professional Practice Committee Classification and Diagnosis of Diabetes, clinicians diagnose T2DM according to one of the following criteria7:

                1. A fasting plasma glucose level of 126 mg/dL (7 mmol/L) or higher
                2. A 2-hour plasma glucose level of 200 mg/dL (11.1 mmol/L) or higher during a 75-gram oral glucose tolerance test
                3. A random plasma glucose of 200 mg/dL (11.1 mmol/L) or higher in a patient with classic symptoms of hyperglycemia or hyperglycemic crisis
                4. A HbA1c level of 6.5% (48 mmol/mol) or higher.

                 

                Glycemic Goals

                Clinicians in all walks of practice use guidelines to monitor glycemic status in patients with diabetes. Assessing glycemic status at least two times annually in patients who have stable glycemic control is sufficient. Assessment of glycemic status involves one or more of the following8:

                • Monitoring HbA1c status
                • Employing a continuous glucose monitoring device with time in range monitoring
                • Using a device containing a glucose management indicator.

                 

                The ADA recommends quarterly HbA1c monitoring for those with less stable glycemic control.8,9 The HbA1c goal for most nonpregnant adults is 7% if the patient experiences no significant hypoglycemia. If the patient uses ambulatory glucose management, a target goal of 6.5% may be suitable. Less stringent HbA1c goals of up to 8% may be appropriate for patients with limited life expectancy or if treatment harm outweighs its benefits. When patients experience unexplained hypoglycemia, providing prompt hypoglycemia avoidance education or raising the glycemic targets are essential interventions, especially in patients with low cognition or declining cognition.9

                 

                COMMON COMORBIDITIES

                Frequently, patients with T2DM have comorbidities. A review study analyzed patients with T2DM at varying times from diagnosis to identify the dominant multimorbidity cluster types. The study found that three condition clusters appeared consistently10-13:

                 

                1. Cardiometabolic precursor conditions are common at diagnosis of T2DM
                  • Disorders of lipid metabolism (hyperlipidemia)
                  • Obesity
                  • Hypertension

                 

                1. Vascular conditions are usually associated with later stage T2DM
                  • Coronary artery disease (which can lead to heart failure)
                  • Chronic kidney disease
                  • Peripheral vascular disease (including peripheral arterial disease)
                  • Stroke (a manifestation of cerebrovascular disease)
                  • Atrial fibrillation

                 

                1. Mental health conditions occur regardless of diabetes duration
                  • Depression (the second most common condition in females after hypertension)
                  • Severe mental illness

                 

                DIABETES SELF-MANAGEMENT EDUCATION AND SUPPORT

                Diabetes Self-Management Education and Support (DSMES) is an essential component of diabetes treatment. Support from the healthcare professional team augments patients’ necessary knowledge and skills. The four critical times to evaluate the need for DSMES are14:

                • at diagnosis
                • annually and/or when not meeting treatment targets
                • when compelling factors develop
                • when transitions in life or care occur.

                 

                Collaboration between patients and the healthcare team provides patient-centered DSMES. Thorough DSMES includes counselling on nutrition, physical activity, and psychosocial issues. Digital coaching and self-management interventions can be the means to deliver education and support.14

                 

                Diabetes self-management training (DSMT) is the reimbursable component of DSMES. A health care professional who is a certified Diabetes Care and Education Specialist (CDCES) —generally a dietitian, nurse or pharmacist— administers the DSMT. DSMT covers blood glucose monitoring, physical activity, healthy eating, medication, coping, problem solving.15

                 

                PAUSE AND PONDER: What lifestyle behaviors are fueling the diabetes epidemic?

                 

                Nutritional Therapy

                Compelling evidence supports nutrition therapy’s efficacy and cost-effectiveness as a component of the medical management of T2DM.16 According to the CDC, a registered dietitian or nutritional professional provides medical nutrition therapy (MNT). MNT focuses solely on diet. Education should encompass in-depth, individualized nutritional assessment and follow-up with repeated reinforcement to aid with behavior change.17 MNT encourages a diet rich in non-starchy vegetables, whole foods, and limited added sugars and refined grains. Increasing dietary fiber intake is beneficial, as diets high in fiber may lower HbA1c moderately. Minimizing carbohydrate intake improves glycemia. Diets higher in unsaturated fats than carbohydrates improve glycemia, triglycerides, HDL-C, and LDL-C in patients with cardiovascular disease and kidney disease.16

                 

                Caloric goals with an overall energy deficit (calories in are less than calories expected) promoting 5% weight loss have shown clinical benefit in reducing HbA1C. The goal for optimal outcomes in T2DM is to reduce body weight by 15%.16 Dietary intervention can lead to disease remission, defined as sustained HbA1c levels below 6.5% for three months. Those diagnosed with type 2 diabetes for four years or fewer are more likely to achieve remission through diet. However, interventions accompanied by other lifestyle changes can be more effective than diet alone.18

                 

                Physical Activity

                The World Health Organization (WHO) recommends adults engage in at least 150 to 300 minutes of moderate-intensity or 75 to 150 minutes of vigorous-intensity physical activity, or a combination of both, per week. Additionally, the WHO recommends reducing sedentary behaviors across all age groups and abilities.19

                 

                According to the CDC, moderate-intensity physical activity includes brisk walking, light yard work, light snow shoveling, biking, or playing with children. Ideally, patients’ heart rates will be 64% to 76% of their maximum. (To calculate actual beats per minute, patients subtract their age from 220, then multiply by 0.64 for the lower limit and by 0.76 for the upper limit.) Vigorous-intensity (high-intensity) exercise is jogging, swimming, rollerblading, cross country skiing, competitive sports, or jumping rope. Ideally, patients’ heart rate will be 77% to 93% of their maximum heart rate. (Calculation of the beats per minute is the same as above using 0.77 and 0.93 as the multipliers.)20

                 

                Physical exercise has a positive effect on glycemic control. One study compared baseline glycemic levels with those measured after 30 minutes of moderate exercise before breakfast for three consecutive days. The study found that blood glucose levels were less variable throughout the day after morning exercise.21 In patients with impaired fasting glucose, progression to diabetes is slower in those who chose leisure time physical activity over sedentary tasks.22 High intensity exercise improves HbA1c more than moderate- or mild-intensity exercise.23

                 

                Researchers conducted an 8-year study of 30 patients with T2DM in which participants engaged in three 90-minute sessions of aerobic exercise per week. The exercise program included a 15-minute warm up and cool down period. During the aerobic period, participants’ exercise intensity gradual increased from 50% to 80% maximum heart rate. Study participants had significantly reduced HbA1c and BMI. Participants also had significantly improved oxygen utilization. The researchers reported a HbA1c significant decrease of 1.39% among the experiment group.24

                 

                Physical activity may be the most underutilized tool in T2DM management. Physical activity improves cardiorespiratory fitness, reduces insulin resistance and insulin levels, improves lipid profiles, reduces visceral adipose tissue, and lowers blood pressure, decreasing cardiovascular risk.25 Due to exercise’s overwhelming benefit, developing a structured exercise plan for patients diagnosed with T2DM is a key responsibility for healthcare teams. Ideally, the healthcare care team would include an exercise physiologist.25

                 

                PAUSE AND PONDER: What self-care behaviors contribute to effective T2DM self-management?

                 

                Psychosocial Support

                Up to 19% of patients with diabetes experience mental health symptoms. Depression is common, especially in women. Early detection and treatment of mental health comorbidities can reduce their impact on health outcomes. Mortality risk is higher in patients with mental health comorbidities, especially in those with substance use disorder and schizophrenia. Mental health comorbidities also increase the likelihood of all-cause hospitalization.26

                 

                Experts agree that collaborative patient-centered approaches to psychosocial care are best; such approaches include assessing patients for depression, anxiety, disordered eating, and cognitive capacities. Psychosocial screening and follow-up may include attitudes about diabetes, expectations for medical management, and outcomes.8

                 

                The Association of Diabetes Care and Education Specialists has identified seven self-care behaviors that contribute to effective self-management of diabetes and related conditions through improved behavior27:

                • being active
                • healthy coping
                • healthy eating
                • monitoring
                • problem solving
                • reducing risk
                • taking medication

                 

                Well-educated patients can contribute to their diabetes management with self-care behaviors. Monitoring health metrics like blood glucose, blood pressure, physical activity, diet, weight, medication adherence, mood, and sleep empower diabetes patients and improve outcomes.27 Higher medication adherence, as would be expected, is associated with improved glycemic control, fewer emergency department visits, decreased hospitalizations, and lower medical costs.28 Patients sharing data with the healthcare team can fuel discussion to find solutions, reduce risk, and improve personalized therapy plans.27

                 

                PHARMACOLOGIC THERAPY

                First line therapy for T2DM depends on comorbidities, patient-centered treatment factors, and management needs. It frequently includes metformin and comprehensive lifestyle modification. If the patient has atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease (ASCVD), heart failure (HF), and/or chronic kidney disease (CKD) then appropriate initial medical therapy may include glucagon-like peptide 1 (GLP-1) receptor agonists and sodium-glucose cotransporter 2 (SGLT-2) inhibitors with or without metformin. Prescribers may continue metformin upon initiation of insulin therapy for ongoing glycemic and metabolic benefits.8

                 

                Metformin

                Apothecaries have used metformin medicinally for centuries. It is a guanidine derivative found in Galega officinalis, a plant called goat’s rue. Metformin was isolated and introduced in Europe in the 1950s and the United States in the 1990s.29 Metformin decreases hepatic glucose production, decreases intestinal glucose absorption, and improves insulin sensitivity by increasing peripheral glucose uptake and utilization. Metformin does not cause hypoglycemia and patients generally tolerate it well. The most common adverse effect is diarrhea, resulting in 6% of patients discontinuing therapy. Other common adverse effects include nausea/vomiting, flatulence, asthenia, indigestion, and abdominal discomfort. Precautions include the potential for lactic acidosis, especially in patients with the following risk factors30:

                • Renal impairment
                • Hepatic impairment
                • Heart failure
                • Hypoxic states
                • Excessive alcohol intake
                • Radioactive dye studies
                • Restricted food and fluid intake

                 

                Metformin may interfere with vitamin B12 absorption. Approximately 7% of patients become deficient. Supplementation with vitamin B12 is appropriate if deficits develop.30

                 

                Metformin can reduce HbA1c by 1.8% and lower the amount of insulin required to achieve glycemic targets by 19%.31 Initial dosing is 500 mg twice daily, or 850 mg daily, increasing as tolerated by 500 mg weekly to a maintenance dose of 1000 mg twice daily in patients with normal renal function. The maximum recommended dose is 2,550 mg per day. Monitoring fasting plasma glucose during initiation and dose titration aids in determining therapeutic response. Maintenance measurement of HbA1c levels should occur every three months.30 Renal function is an important factor in metformin use. The recommended eGFR threshold for initiation of metformin is 45 mL/min. If, during therapy, the eGFR falls below 45 mL/min, the team need to assess the benefit of continued therapy. Use is contraindicated in patients with an eGFR below 30 mL/min.30

                 

                INSULIN THERAPY

                ADA Standards of Care recommend early introduction of insulin if clinicians see evidence of ongoing weight loss, symptoms of hyperglycemia, HbA1c levels exceeding 10%, or blood glucose levels of 300 mg/dL or higher. The potential for over-basalization (titration of basal insulin beyond an appropriate dose in an attempt to achieve glycemic targets) exists with insulin therapy. Signs of over-basalization may include a basal dose exceeding 0.5 units/kg/day, high bedtime-morning or post-prandial glucose differential, hypoglycemia, and high glycemic variability.8

                 

                When caring for hospitalized patients with diabetes, basal insulin or a basal plus bolus correction insulin is the preferred treatment for noncritically ill patients with poor oral intake. The standards prefer an insulin regimen with basal, prandial, and correctional components in patients with good nutritional intake. In many hospital settings, the basal and prandial doses are weight-based, and a correctional scale is added to scheduled mealtime doses to correct for pre-meal hyperglycemia.

                 

                It’s critical to initiate insulin therapy for persistent hyperglycemia at a threshold of 180 mg/dL or more, confirmed on two occasions. After initiating insulin, the current Standards of Care recommend a target glucose range of 140 to 180 mg/dL for most patients. More stringent goals, such as 110 to 140 mg/dL, may be appropriate for select patients if they do not exhibit significant hypoglycemia. The ADA defines hyperglycemia as blood glucose levels over 140 mg/dL in the hospital, and hypoglycemia as blood glucose below 70 mg/dL. Monitoring glucose every four to six hours or every two hours for an insulin infusion is best. Each hospital or hospital system should implement hypoglycemic management protocols.8

                 

                TREATMENT RECOMMENDATIONS IN COMMON COMORBIDITIES

                Obesity

                High BMI is the primary risk factor for T2DM.5 Diabetes was the second leading cause of BMI-related deaths in 2015 globally.32 The DIRECT trial showed a T2DM remission rate of 36% after 24 months in patients receiving structured support for initial weight loss and weight loss maintenance.33 The 2022 ADA Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes categorize obesity treatment options based on BMI8:

                • Nonpharmacologic strategies may be sufficient for those with BMI 25 to 26.9
                • Providers should consider adding pharmacotherapy for those with a BMI of 27 to 29.9
                • For those with a BMI exceeding 30 (or for Asian Americans with BMI 27.5 and over), patients and their treatment teams might consider metabolic surgery

                 

                The Standards of Care in Diabetes stress a minimum of 5% weight loss for most people with T2DM. It is important to include counseling with two to three monthly sessions focusing on dietary changes, physical activity, and behavioral strategies to achieve a 500 to 750 kcal/day energy deficit. Person-centered, nonjudgmental language, specifically “person with obesity” rather than “obese person,” fosters collaboration between patients and providers. Consideration of the medication’s effect on weight gain is important.8 Metformin, SGLT-2 inhibitors, GLP-1 receptor agonists, alpha-glucosidase inhibitors, and amylin mimetics promote weight loss.34

                 

                As of November 2023, three FDA-approved obesity medications also have FDA approval for treating T2DM. These are the GLP-1 agonists liraglutide, semaglutide, and tirzepatide.35,36 Dosages are as follows37-39:

                • Liraglutide (Saxenda) has an initial dose of 0.6 mg/day with a maintenance dose of 3 mg/day
                • Semaglutide (Wegovy) has an initial dose of 0.25 mg/week with a maintenance dose of 2.4 mg/week
                • Tirzepatide (Zepbound) has an initial dose of 2.5 mg/week with a maintenance dose of 5 to 15 mg/week

                 

                The FDA has approved these medications for weight loss in patients with a BMI of 30 or above or BMI of 27 or above with a comorbidity including hypertension, T2DM, or dyslipidemia.37-39 These drugs lower glucose by stimulating insulin secretion from pancreatic islets in response to oral glucose load, like the natural hormone incretin. They delay gastric emptying, suppress appetite, increase satiety, decrease inappropriate glucagon secretion, and promote beta cell proliferation.40,41

                 

                Clinical data for the GLP-1 medications in weight loss is impressive. The SCALE trial has shown that the absolute weight loss with liraglutide 3 mg daily in patients with T2DM is 5.6 kg (12.3 lbs) over 56 weeks.42 The absolute weight loss associated with semaglutide 2.4 mg weekly in obese patients or overweight patients with at least one risk factor is 12.7 kg (28 lbs) over 68 weeks.43 Diabetic patients treated with tirzepatide 5, 10 or 15 mg weekly for 72 weeks lost an average of 12% body weight compared to placebo.39 These medications contain warnings and precautions for thyroid C-cell tumors, acute pancreatitis, acute gallbladder disease, hypoglycemia with some T2DM medications, kidney injury, hypersensitivity reactions, and suicidal ideation.37-39 The labeling for semaglutide and tirzepatide carries a precaution for diabetic retinopathy.38,39 A precaution for heart rate increase is included in the labeling for liraglutide and semaglutide.37,38 Most patients find these drugs have overwhelming benefits with primarily gastrointestinal adverse effects.36-38

                 

                Providers may consider metabolic surgery for T2DM treatment in adults with a BMI of 30 and over (or for Asian Americans with a BMI of 27.5 and greater). Metabolic surgery refers to surgical organ modification; bariatric surgery, for example, is metabolic surgery for treatment of obesity (commonly known as a gastric bypass). A high-volume surgical center with experienced multidisciplinary teams knowledgeable about obesity management, diabetes, and gastrointestinal surgery is the best choice. Access to long-term medical, nutritional, and behavioral support after the procedure optimizes recovery. Patients may benefit from continuous glucose monitoring as an important adjunct, especially for those with episodes of hypoglycemia. After surgery, the clinical team should provide patient support, including mental health services.44

                 

                Bariatric surgery is an effective treatment option in T2DM patients with obesity. In a recent study, after a median follow-up of 19 months post-surgery, 68 of 105 obese patients achieved diabetes remission. Study participants had a median BMI of 42.4 and a diagnosis of T2DM before the procedure. Patients taking multiple glucose-lowering medications or dependent on insulin or SGLT2 inhibitors were less likely to undergo complete remission. A longer duration of T2DM pre-operatively was a negative predictor of remission.45

                 

                PAUSE AND PONDER: Which classes of diabetes medications are best for patients with ASCVD?

                 

                Cardiovascular Disease

                All diabetic patients require yearly assessment of HF and ASCVD (coronary artery disease, cerebrovascular disease, or peripheral arterial disease). Hypertension, dyslipidemia, and diabetes are risk factors for ASCVD. Controlling cardiovascular risk factors can prevent or slow ASCVD in people with diabetes.46

                 

                Prescribers should consider the presence of coronary artery disease in patients exhibiting atypical cardiac symptoms, signs of vascular disease, or electrocardiogram abnormalities. Atypical cardiac symptoms include unexplained dyspnea or chest discomfort. Carotid artery stenosis, transient ischemic attack, stroke, and peripheral arterial disease are indicators of ASCVD.46

                 

                In T2DM patients with established ASCVD or kidney disease, current ADA Standards of Medical Care suggest an SGLT-2 inhibitor or GLP-1 receptor agonist with demonstrated cardiovascular disease benefit (see Table 1 and Table 2). A quick review of FDA indications and landmark trials ensures the correct medication and dose have been chosen as newer agents continue to emerge with indications that may encompass weight loss and treatment of T2DM. To reduce the risk of adverse cardiovascular and kidney events, patients with T2DM and established ASCVD may benefit from combined therapy with an SGLT-2 inhibitor and a GLP-1 receptor agonist with demonstrated cardiovascular benefit.46

                 

                Table 1. Landmark Trials for SGLT-2 Inhibitors Evaluating T2DM with Cardiovascular Disease47-50

                Trial Drug Outcome
                EMPA-REG OUTCOME

                 

                Empagliflozin 10-25 mg daily Reduction in major adverse cardiovascular events; Reduction in hospitalization for heart failure
                CANVAS

                 

                Canagliflozin 300 mg daily goal Reduction in major adverse cardiovascular events; Reduced hospitalization for heart failure and cardiovascular death
                DECLARE-TIMI 58

                 

                Dapagliflozin 10 mg daily Reduction in heart failure-related death and hospitalization; Reduction in renal events

                 

                The SGLT-2 inhibitors’ primary mechanism of action is reduction of renal tubular glucose reabsorption at the proximal tubule resulting in glucosuria.51 The SGLT-2 inhibitors’ glucose-lowering efficacy decreases with increasing renal impairment.52 Most patients tolerate these medications well, with mild adverse effects. The proposed cardiovascular benefits include improved, blood pressure reduction, inflammation reduction, diuresis, inhibition of nervous system, and prevention of cardiac remodeling (physical changes to heart).47 Their adverse effects include genitourinary infections, intravascular volume depletion, increased risk of diabetic ketoacidosis, and potentially an increased risk of lower limb amputations.52 Prescribers need to hold SGLT-2 inhibitors during acute illness (hospitalization), when fluid intake is inadequate, or if acute kidney injury occurs.47

                 

                Pancreatic hormones and incretin hormones regulate glycemic homeostasis. GLP-1 is an incretin hormone that increases pancreatic insulin release and decreases glucagon release.41 The GLP-1 receptors are located in the renal proximal convoluted tubular cells and preglomerular vascular smooth muscle cells in the kidneys.53 The GLP-1 receptor agonists lower HbA1c, weight, and blood pressure.54

                 

                GLP-1 receptor agonists promote natriuresis (increased sodium in the urine), lowering blood pressure.55 GLP-1 receptor agonists also reduce reactive oxygen production, thereby reducing platelet activation, macrophages, and monocytes in the vascular wall. Stabilization of the endothelial cells occurs with less plaque hemorrhage and rupture.56 Overall, GLP-1 enhancement results in a slower progression of atherosclerosis.57

                 

                Table 2. Landmark Trials for GLP-1 Agonists: Evaluating T2DM with Cardiovascular Disease57-60

                Trial Drug Outcome
                REWIND

                 

                Dulaglutide 1.5 mg once a week Reductions in major adverse cardiovascular events
                SUSTAIN-6

                 

                Semaglutide 0.5 or 1 mg once a week Relative risk reduction in major adverse cardiovascular events
                LEADER

                 

                Liraglutide 1.8 mg (or max dose tolerated) daily Relative risk reduction in major adverse cardiac events and cardiovascular death

                 

                In T2DM patients with a history of ASCVD, aspirin 75 mg to 162 mg daily is a secondary prevention strategy. In patients with documented aspirin allergies, clopidogrel 75 mg daily is an alternative. Patients with stable coronary and or peripheral artery disease and a low bleeding risk should take dual antiplatelet therapy for at least one year following acute coronary syndrome. Aspirin and low dose rivaroxaban can prevent major adverse limb and cardiovascular events.61

                 

                Hypertension

                Hypertension exacerbates cardiovascular disease, which is the major cause of morbidity and mortality in diabetes.62 In 2023, the ADA updated the hypertension criteria. According to the 2023 Standards of Care in Diabetes recommendations, patients are hypertensive if they exhibit a sustained blood pressure of 130/80 mm Hg or more, or a single level of 180/110 or more. The target goal is 130/80 mm Hg or less. Blood pressure targets below 120/80 mmHg are associated with hypotensive adverse events (such as falls). Patients with diabetes who are hypertensive should monitor their blood pressure at home. Patients with blood pressures exceeding 120/80 should implement lifestyle interventions including diet changes and weight loss, reduced sodium and increased potassium intake, moderation of alcohol, and increased physical activity.61 Treatment of hypertension reduces cardiovascular events and microvascular complications.63,64

                 

                In patients with persistently elevated blood pressure, pharmacologic therapy in addition to lifestyle modifications improves outcomes. First-line pharmacologic therapy includes use of an angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor (ACEi), or an angiotensin receptor blocker (ARB). Clinical trials assessing these drugs demonstrate a reduction of cardiovascular events in T2DM patients with coronary artery disease. Prescribers should maximize doses for patients with a urine-to-creatinine ratio greater than 30 mg/g creatinine, as this is a sign of kidney damage. If the patient does not tolerate one drug class, the prescriber may switch to the other; however, the prescriber should not use them together. Annual monitoring of glomerular filtration rate (GFR) and serum potassium are needed.61

                 

                Prescribers should start their patients on two medications if they have a confirmed office blood pressure of 160/100 mm Hg or more.61 Common therapies include thiazide-like diuretics and dihydropyridine calcium channel blocker.65 Patients on triple antihypertensive therapy including a diuretic with unmet blood pressure goals may require a mineralocorticoid receptor antagonist, such as spironolactone.66 Adding a mineralocorticoid receptor antagonist may increase the risk of hyperkalemia. Regular monitoring of serum creatinine and potassium is prudent.46

                 

                In the absence of albuminuria, ACEi and ARBs may not provide superior cardio-protection over thiazide-like diuretics or dihydropyridine calcium channel blockers.67 Patients who have had a prior myocardial infarction, active angina, or HF with reduced ejection fraction (HFrEF) should be treated with a beta blocker. However, beta blockers do not reduce mortality when used as antihypertensives in the absence of these conditions.54,68

                 

                Hyperlipidemia

                Reduction of lipids and cholesterol is important because hyperlipidemia is a risk factor and common comorbidity for T2DM. Lifestyle modification focusing on weight loss is the first step of lipid management. Trained nutritionists can educate patients to eat a diet low in saturated fat and trans-fat. The goal is a diet that increases dietary n-3 fatty acids, viscous fiber, and plant stanols/sterols. Physical activity also helps improve lipid profiles. The importance of lifestyle therapy and glycemic optimization for triglycerides of 150 mg/dL or greater, and/or HDL equal to or less than 40 mg/dL for men and 50 mg/dL for women, cannot be understated. Lipid profiles at the time of diabetes diagnosis, at initiation of statin therapy or dose change, and annually thereafter are useful to monitor disease progression.61

                 

                Statin therapy has documented beneficial outcomes in patients with ASCVD.69,70 The intensity of dosing is outlined below (see Table 3) 61:

                • Patients with diabetes aged 40 to 75 without ASCVD should begin moderate-intensity statin therapy in addition to lifestyle therapy.
                • Patients with diabetes aged 40 to 75 years and multiple ASCVD risk factors should take high intensity statin therapy to reduce LDL cholesterol by at least 50% of baseline for an LDL target of less than 70 mg/dL.
                • Patients with diabetes and ASCVD should take high-intensity statin therapy. Prescribers may add ezetimibe or a proprotein convertase subtilisin/kexin type 9 (PCSK9) inhibitor, such as alirocumab or evolocumab, to achieve a goal of LDL below 55 mg/dL and an LDL reduction of 50% or more.

                 

                Table 3. Once daily: High-intensity and Moderate-intensity Statin Therapy61

                Moderate-intensity statin therapy High-intensity statin therapy
                Atorvastatin 10–20 mg Atorvastatin 40–80 mg
                Rosuvastatin 5–10 mg Rosuvastatin 20–40 mg
                Simvastatin 20–40 mg
                Pravastatin 40–80 mg
                Lovastatin 40 mg
                Fluvastatin (extended release) 80 mg
                Pitavastatin 1–4 mg

                 

                Heart Failure

                HF is a major cause of morbidity and mortality from cardiovascular disease. Recent studies indicate that people with diabetes have twice the risk of hospitalization due to HF compared to those without, after adjusting for age and sex.71,72 Patients with established T2DM have a 33% greater risk of hospitalization for HF.71

                 

                HF is staged as A to D. Stage A HF indicates risk for developing HF. All patients with established diabetes are in the stage A category and at heightened risk for progression to later stages of HF. Stage B HF is asymptomatic with structural heart disease, abnormal cardiac function, or elevated cardiac biomarkers. Prescribers should monitor biomarkers, natriuretic peptide (BNP), or high sensitivity cardiac troponin yearly to detect subclinical HF in individuals with diabetes. Monitoring helps identify those in stage A or B HF who are at the highest risk of progressing to symptomatic HF. Useful cutoff values for these indicators are a BNP of 50 pg/mL and a NT-proBNP of 125 pg/mL.73

                 

                Individuals considered to be at stages C and D have had or are experiencing symptomatic HF. Common symptoms are exertional dyspnea (shortness of breath), fatigue and edema that reflect fluid retention, congestion, and low cardiac output. Laboratory evaluations for patients with HF include natriuretic peptide, complete blood count, urinalysis, serum electrolytes, blood urea nitrogen, serum creatinine, glucose, fasting lipid profile, liver function, and thyroid stimulating hormone. Additionally, prescribers should order a chest x-ray and 12 lead electrocardiogram.73

                 

                In stage A or B HF patients with diabetes and hypertension, medical therapy includes an ACEi or ARB. Clinical trials have found that treatment with a thiazide-type diuretic or an ACEi is more effective than treatment with a calcium channel blocker in preventing progression to symptomatic HF. Patients with diabetes and diabetic kidney disease (DKD) without symptomatic HF may benefit from finerenone, a nonsteroidal mineralocorticoid receptor antagonist.73

                 

                Standards of Care recommendations for those with HFrEF and diabetes include an angiotensin receptor/neprilysin inhibitor (ARNI) or ACEi or ARB, beta blockers, mineralocorticoid receptor antagonist, and SGLT-2 inhibitor. In individuals with diabetes and HFrEF, including an ARNI (sacubitril/valsartan) instead of ACEi or ARBs is prudent. It is reasonable to consider treatment with spironolactone among individuals with heart failure with preserved ejection fraction (HFpEF) as well. Clinical trials have shown that treatment with an SGLT-2 inhibitor reduces HF hospitalizations.72 Individuals with high cardiovascular risk, including those with stage B HF and those with symptomatic HF, should take an SGLT-2 inhibitor. Prescribers may consider statins based on age and background risk factors. Treatment for patients requiring additional glycemic control may include a GLP-1 agonist, metformin, or both, or insulin. Current Standards of Care do not recommend the use of dipeptidyl peptidase-4 (DPP) inhibitors or thiazolidinediones in T2DM patients with stage B, C or D HF.73

                 

                In addition to drug therapy, participation in cardiac rehabilitation is associated with improved patient outcomes. Cardiac rehabilitation involves exercise training, education, and emotional support. Key counseling points for patient with diabetes and HF are to minimize alcohol intake and avoid smoking. Weight loss improves cardiometabolic risk factors. Metabolic surgery can improve risk factors for HF in obese patients.73

                 

                Chronic Kidney Disease

                Diabetes is the leading cause of kidney disease in the developed world.74 The presence of CKD markedly increases cardiovascular risk and health care costs.75 Practitioners diagnose CKD primarily by sustained elevation of urinary albumin excretion and low estimated glomerular filtration rate (eGFR).76

                 

                Recommendations include yearly assessment of eGFR and urinary albumin in all T2DM patients. In patients with established DKD, monitoring up to four times yearly may be necessary.76 Consistent eGFR values less than 60 mL/min, in conjunction with a urinary albumin value over 30 mg/g creatinine defines an abnormal eGFR.77 The definition of stage 1 and 2 CKD is high albuminuria with eGFR 60 mL/min or above. CKD stages 3-5 have progressively lower eGFR ranges.78 At any eGFR, the degree of albuminuria is associated with risk of cardiovascular disease, CVD progression, and mortality.75

                 

                Current ADA Standards of Care emphasize optimization of blood pressure and blood glucose to reduce the risk of and slow CKD progression.76 ACEi or ARBs are the preferred first-line agents for blood pressure treatment in T2DM patients with hypertension and decreased eGFR.79,80 The healthcare team needs to continue renin-angiotensin system blockade for increases in serum creatinine of 30% or less in the absence of volume depletion. In addition, it needs to monitor serum potassium levels when patients take ACE inhibitors, ARBs, or diuretics.76

                 

                Recent trials show SGLT-2 inhibitor therapy reduces CKD progression and cardiovascular events in patients with CKD, T2DM, and an eGFR of 20 mL/min/1.73m2 or greater.76 SGLT-2 inhibitors reduce renal tubular glucose reabsorption, weight, systemic blood pressure, intraglomerular pressure, albuminuria, and slow GFR loss through mechanisms that are independent of glycemia.81 To minimize cardiovascular events, addition of a glucagon-like peptide 1 agonist may help, or a nonsteroidal mineralocorticoid receptor antagonist (nsMRA) if eGFR is 20 mL/min/1.73m2. For patients with urinary albumin of 300 mg/g or greater, reduction of at least 30% slows CKD progression.76 Suggested daily protein intake in CKD stage 3 (non-dialysis) patients is 0.8 g/kg body weight per day. Higher levels of protein have been associated with increased albuminuria and more rapid kidney function loss.82 If the eGFR falls below 30, a nephrologist referral is needed.76

                 

                Tables 4 and 5 list recent trials that support current ADA Standards of Care regarding treatment of diabetes in the presence of CKD.76 In the CREDENCE trial, canagliflozin therapy reduced the development of ESRD by 32% in patients with CKD.83 The DAPA-CKD trial studied dapagliflozin in CKD. Two thirds of the patients had a diabetes comorbidity. There was significant benefit for a decline in eGFR, ESRD or death from cardiovascular or renal causes.84 The FIDELIO-DKD trial studied the nonsteroidal mineralocorticoid receptor antagonist, finerenone. The trial identified a significant reduction in DKD progression and cardiovascular events in people with advanced kidney disease. Participants took finerenone 10 to 20 mg daily. Evaluation after a mean of 3.4 years demonstrated a 23% reduction in the composite kidney outcome consisting of sustained decrease in eGFR of at least 57%.85

                 

                Table 4. Landmark Trials for SGLT-2 inhibitors in renal disease47,83,84,86

                Trial Drug Outcome
                CREDENCE

                 

                Canagliflozin 100 mg daily Cardiovascular and renal protection
                DAPA-CKD

                 

                Dapagliflozin 10 mg daily Reduction of eGFR decline; Reduction of ESRD; Reduction of renal mortality
                EMPA-KIDNEY

                 

                Empagliflozin 10 mg daily Reduced progression of kidney disease; Reduced cardiovascular death

                 

                Table 5. Landmark Trials for GLP-1 Receptor Agonists in T2DM and Renal Disease57,58,87,88

                Trial Drug Outcome
                AWARD-7

                 

                Dulaglutide 0.75 -1.5 mg once a week Slower decline in eGFR. No change in urine albumin-creatine ratio
                LEADER

                 

                Liraglutide 1.8 mg (or max dose tolerated) daily Reduced the development and progression of diabetic kidney disease
                REWIND (analysis) Dulaglutide 1.5 mg once a week Relative risk reduction in composite renal outcome

                 

                 

                CONCLUSION

                T2DM is indeed a growing epidemic fueled by an unhealthy diet and a sedentary lifestyle.1 A prescription is only a partial answer to a multifactorial problem. This is why the ADA Standards of Care for diabetes incorporate a multidisciplinary approach focusing on individuals, their current disease states, and preventive measures for disease progression. Recommendations emphasize the importance of self-management, education, and support. Nutritional therapy, physical activity, and psychological support are key elements. Effective weight management is a powerful tool for managing or even reversing T2DM. Current therapy recommendations also incorporate the use of cardiovascular protective medications with demonstrated efficacy for ASCVD.8

                 

                Due to the high prevalence of comorbid conditions associated with T2DM, it is fortunate that the SGLT-2 inhibitors and GLP-1 receptor agonists are a resource for patients with T2DM comorbidities. These agents improve cardiovascular function and are compatible with guideline-based preventive recommendations for blood pressure, lipids, glycemia, and antiplatelet therapy.51,89 Diabetes treatment has entered a new era of understanding. The overwhelming data favors addressing the whole patient including lifestyle, education, weight loss options, and cardiovascular related comorbidities. The new ADA Standards of Medical Care provide clinicians with the knowledge and tools to treat the growing diabetic epidemic.

                Pharmacist Post Test (for viewing only)

                Management of Adults with Type 2 Diabetes: A Patient-Focused Approach

                Post-test Questions for Pharmacists

                Learning Objectives (pharmacists)
                ● Describe type 2 diabetes diagnostic criteria and glycemic targets
                ● Identify the components of diabetes self-management education and support
                ● Recognize the importance of an individualized treatment program
                ● List treatment recommendations for diabetes type 2 in the setting of common comorbidities

                1. Which of the following is TRUE about the incidence of the global diabetes epidemic?
                a. The incidence has quadrupled in the past three decades with a current estimate of about 1 in 11 adults affected worldwide
                b. The incidence has doubled in the past four decades with a current estimate of about 1 in 15 adults affected worldwide
                c. The incidence has tripled in the past decade with a current estimate of about 1 in 8 adults affected worldwide

                2. Which group of people is LEAST LIKELY to be diagnosed with diabetes in the US?
                a. Those below the federal poverty level
                b. Native Americans and Alaska natives
                c. Non-Hispanic whites with college degrees

                3. According to ADA Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes, pharmacologic therapy options for patients with HFrEF and diabetes may include all of the following drug classes EXCEPT?
                a. ARNI
                b. SGLT2 inhibitor
                c. DPP-4 inhibitors

                4. What is the focus of DSMES?
                a. Nutrition, relaxation, and psychosocial issues
                b. Nutrition, physical activity, and psychosocial issues
                c. Physical therapy, psychotherapy, and natural dietary supplements

                5. Which of the following statements about diet is TRUE?
                a. Diet as a primary intervention for T2DM can achieve remission, defined as sustained HbA1c levels under 6.5% for 3 months
                b. Diets low in fats and higher in carbohydrates are recommended for those with T2DM due to the risk of cardiovascular disease
                c. Sustaining calorie intake and monitoring blood glucose levels is often the best course of action for those recently diagnosed with T2DM

                6. Which statement is true regarding physical activity and diabetes?
                a. The World Health Organization guidelines state that those with diabetes should exercise less than 75 minutes per week.
                b. Aerobic exercise before breakfast increases blood glucose levels.
                c. In patients with impaired fasting glucose progression to diabetes is slower in those who chose leisure time physical activity over sedentary tasks.

                7. Which of the following self-care behaviors is an effective self-management tool for diabetes?

                a. Healthy coping, healthy eating, being active, taking medication, monitoring, reducing risk, and problem solving
                b. Healthy coping, healthy eating, resting, taking medication, monitoring, reducing risk, and spending time with family
                c. Healthy coping, healthy eating, being active, taking medication, monitoring, reducing risk, and allowing your doctor to decide the best way for you to manage your diabetes independently

                8. Which statement best defines the current ADA Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes recommendations?
                a. All diabetic patients should follow a step-up drug therapy algorithm developed by the American Diabetes Association to meet glycemic targets.
                b. Regardless of comorbidities, initial treatment of T2DM should include hypoglycemic agents such as sulfonylureas supplemented by insulin, if needed, to achieve a HgA1c of 7% or lower
                c. First line therapy for T2DM depends on comorbidities, patient centered treatment factors and management needs.

                9. Under what circumstances should initial treatment include insulin?
                a. If there is ongoing weight loss, symptomatic hyperglycemia, A1C levels over 10%
                b. If there is fluid overload, symptomatic hypoglycemia or A1C levels over 8%
                c. If the patient has chronic kidney disease, heart failure or chronic obesity

                10. For a patient with diabetes whose eGFR > 20, which comorbidity would benefit most from a medication regimen containing an ACEi, SGLT2 inhibitor, and a GLP-1 agonist or a nsMRA?

                a. Chronic kidney disease
                b. Hypertension
                c. Hyperlipidemia

                Pharmacy Technician Post Test (for viewing only)

                Management of Adults with Type 2 Diabetes: A Patient-Focused Approach

                Post-test Questions for Pharmacy Technicians

                Learning Objectives (technicians)
                ● Describe type 2 diabetes diagnostic criteria and glycemic targets
                ● Identify the components of diabetes self-management education and support
                ● Recognize the importance of an individualized treatment program
                ● List common comorbidities in type 2 diabetes

                1. Which of the following is TRUE about the incidence of the global diabetes epidemic?
                a. The incidence has quadrupled in the past three decades with a current estimate of about 1 in 11 adults affected worldwide
                b. The incidence has doubled in the past four decades with a current estimate of about 1 in 15 adults affected worldwide
                c. The incidence has tripled in the past decade with a current estimate of about 1 in 8 adults affected worldwide

                2. Which group of people is LEAST LIKELY to be diagnosed with diabetes in the US?
                a. Those below the federal poverty level
                b. Native Americans and Alaska natives
                c. Non-Hispanic whites with college degrees

                3. Which laboratory data would lead to a positive diagnosis of diabetes?
                a. A hemoglobin A1c level of 6.0%
                b. A 2-hour plasma glucose level of 200 mg/dL or higher during a 75 gram oral glucose tolerance test
                c. A fasting plasma glucose level of 120 or higher

                4. What is the focus of DSMES?
                a. Nutrition, relaxation, and psychosocial issues
                b. Nutrition, physical activity, and psychosocial issues
                c. Physical therapy, psychotherapy, and natural dietary supplements

                5. Which of the following statements about diet is TRUE?
                a. Diet as a primary intervention for T2DM can achieve remission, defined as sustained HbA1c levels under 6.5% for 3 months
                b. Diets low in fats and higher in carbohydrates are recommended for those with T2DM due to the risk of cardiovascular disease
                c. Sustaining calorie intake and monitoring blood glucose levels is often the best course of action for those recently diagnosed with T2DM

                6. Which statement is true regarding physical activity and diabetes?
                a. The World Health Organization guidelines state that those with diabetes should exercise less than 75 minutes per week.
                b. Aerobic exercise before breakfast has increases blood glucose levels.
                c. In patients with impaired fasting glucose progression to diabetes is slower in those who chose leisure time physical activity over sedentary tasks.

                7. Which of the following self-care behaviors is an effective self-management tool for diabetes?

                a. Healthy coping, healthy eating, being active, taking medication, monitoring, reducing risk, and problem solving
                b. Healthy coping, healthy eating, resting, taking medication, monitoring, reducing risk, and spending time with family
                c. Healthy coping, healthy eating, being active, taking medication, monitoring, reducing risk, and allowing your doctor to decide the best way for you to manage your diabetes independently

                8. According to the new 2023 ADA Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes, patients are hypertensive if they exhibit a sustained blood pressure above which level?
                a. 140/90 or more
                b. 130/80 or more
                c. 120/80 or more

                9. Which of the following lists accurately describes the most common comorbidities in type 2 diabetes?

                a. Cardiometabolic, vascular, and mental health conditions
                b. Cardiometabolic, vascular, and dermatologic conditions
                c. Cardiac, gastrointestinal, and mental health conditions

                10. How much more is risk of heart failure hospitalization in people who have type 2 diabetes?

                a. 33%
                b. 50%
                c. 77%

                References

                Full List of References

                References

                   

                  1. Zheng Y, Ley SH, Hu FB. Global aetiology and epidemiology of type 2 diabetes mellitus and its complications. Nat Rev Endocrinol. 2018;14(2):88-98. doi: 10.1038/nrendo.2017.151
                  2. Fang M, Wang D, Coresh J, Selvin E. Trends in Diabetes Treatment and Control in US Adults, 1998-2019. N Eng J Med 2021; 384(23):2219-2228 doi: 10.1056/NEJMsa2032271
                  3. Saeedi P, Petersohn I, Salpea P, et al. Global and regional diabetes prevalence and estimates for 2023 and 2045. Re-sults from the International Diabetes Atlas 9th Edition. Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2019;157:107843 doi: 10.1016/j.diabres.2019.107843
                  4. Provilus A, Abdallah M, Mcfarlans S. Weight gain associated with antidiabetic medication. Therapy 2011;8(2):113-120
                  5.Ong KL, Stafford LK, McLaughlin SA. Et al: GBD 2021 Diabetes Collaborators. Global, regional, and national burden of diabetes from 1990 to 2021, with projections of prevalence to 2050: a systematic analysis for the Global Burden of Dis-ease Study 2021. Lancet. 2023;402(10397):203-234. https//doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(23)01301-6
                  6. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). National Diabetes Statistics Report website. Accessed October 14, 2023. https://www.cdc.gov/diabetes/data/statistics-report/index.html
                  7. American Diabetes Association Professional Practice Committee. 2.Classification and Diagnosis of Diabe-tes: Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes-2022. Diabetes Care 2022;45(Suppl 1):S17–S38. https://doi.org/10.2337/dc22-S002
                  8. American Diabetes Association. Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes-2022 Abridged for Primary Care Provid-ers. Clin Diabetes 2022;40(1):10–38. https://doi.org/10.2337/cd22-as01
                  9. American Diabetes Association. 6.Glycemic Targets: Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes-2021. Diabetes Care 2021;44(Suppl 1):S73–S84 https://doi.org/10.2337/dc21-S006
                  10. Cicek M, Buckley J, Pearson-Stuttard J, et al. Characterizing Multimorbidity from Type 2 Diabetes. Endocrinol Metab Clin North Am. 2021; 50(3): 531–558. doi: 10.1016/j.ecl.2021.05.012
                  11. Iglay K, Hannachi H, Howie JP. Prevalence and co-prevalence of comorbidities among patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus. Curr Med Res Opin. 2016;32(7):1243–1252. doi: 10.1185/03007995.2016.1168291
                  12. Roger V. Epidemiology of heart failure: A Contemporary Perspective. Circ Res 2021;128(10):1421-1434 https://doi.org/10.1161/CIRCRESAHA.121.318172
                  13. Nowakowska M., Zghebi S.S., Ashcroft D.M. The comorbidity burden of type 2 diabetes mellitus: patterns, clusters and predictions from a large English primary care cohort. BMC Med. 2019;17(1):145. doi: 10.1186/s12916-019-1373-y
                  14. American Diabetes Association Professional Practice Committee. 5. Facilitating Behavior Change and Well-being to Improve Health Outcomes: Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes-2022. Diabetes Care. 2022;45(Suppl 1):S60-S82. doi:10.2337/dc22-S005b
                  15. Davies J, Fischi A, Beck J, et al. National Standards for Diabetes Self Management and Support. Diabetes Care 2022; 45(2): 484-492 doi: 10.2337/dc21-2396
                  16. Evert AB, Dennison M, Gardner CD, et al. Nutrition Therapy for Adults with Diabetes or Prediabetes: A Consensus Report. Diabetes Care. 2019;42(5):731–754. https://doi.org/10.2337/dci19-0014
                  17. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Diabetes Self-Management Education and Support (DSMES) Toolkit: Medical Nutrition Therapy. https://www.cdc.gov/diabetes/dsmes-toolkit/reimbursement/medical-nutrition-therapy.html Accessed October 14, 2023
                  18. Rosenfeld RM, Kelly JH, Agarwal M, et al. Dietary Interventions to Treat Type 2 Diabetes in Adults with a Goal of Remission: An Expert Consensus Statement from the American College of Lifestyle Medicine. Am J Lifestyle Med. 2022;16(3):342-362. https//doi:10.1177/15598276221087624
                  19. Bull FC, Al-Ansari SS, Biddle S, et al. World Health Organization 2020 guidelines on physical activity and sedentary behavior. Br J of Sports Med. 2020;54(24):1451-1462. doi:10.1136/bisports-2020-102955
                  20. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Physical Activity. Measuring Physical Activity Intensity. https://www.cdc.gov/physicalactivity/basics/measuring/index.html Accessed March 1, 2024
                  21 Zheng X, Qi Y, Bi L, et al. Effects of Exercise on Blood Glucose and Glycemic Variability in Type 2 Diabetic Patients with Dawn Phenomenon. Biomed Res Int. 2020; 2020: 6408724. https//doi:10.1155/2020/6408724
                  22. Lao XQ, Deng HB, Liu X, et al. Increased leisure-time physical activity associated with lower onset of diabetes in 44 828 adults with impaired fasting glucose: a population-based prospective cohort study. Br J Sports Med. 2019 Jul;53(14):895-900. doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2017-098199
                  23. Liu Y, Ye W, Chen Q, et al. Resistance Exercise Intensity is Correlated with Attenuation of HbA1c and Insulin in Pa-tients with Type 2 Diabetes: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis. Int J Environ Res Public Health. 2019;16(1):140. doi: 10.3390/ijerph16010140.
                  24. Najafipour F, Mobasseri M, Yavari A, et al. Effect of regular exercise training on changes in HbA1c, BMI and VO2 max among patients with type 2 diabetes in an 8 year trial. BJM Open Diabetes Res Care 2017;5(1): e000414 doi: 10.1136/bmjdrc-2017-000414
                  25. Wake AD. Antidiabetic Effects of Physical Activity: How It Helps to Control Type 2 Diabetes. Diabetes Metab Syndr Obes. 2020;13: 2909–2923. https//doi:10.2147/DMSO.S262289
                  26. De Alba IGF, Gimeno-Miguel A, Poblador-Plou B, et al. Association between mental health comorbidity and health outcomes in type 2 diabetes mellitus patients. Sci Rep. 2020;10(1):19583. doi: 10.1038/s41598-020-76546-9
                  27. Kolb L, Association of Diabetes Care and Education Specialists. An Effective Model of Diabetes Care and Education: The ADCES7 Self-Care Behaviors.™ Diabetes Self Manag Care. 2021;47(1):30-53. doi: 10.1177/0145721720978154.
                  28.Capoccia K, Odegard PS, Letassy N. Medication Adherence with Diabetes Medication: A Systematic Review of the Literature. Diabetes Educ. 2016;42(1):34-71. doi: 10.1177/0145721715619038.
                  29. Bailey, CJ. Metformin: historical overview. Diabetologia 2017;60(9):1566-1576. doi: 10.1007/s00125-017-4318-z
                  30. Glucophage. Prescribing information. Bristol-Myers Squibb Co.; 2017. Accessed September 15, 2023. https://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/label/2017/020357s037s039,021202s021s023lbl.pdf
                  31. Sivitz WI, Phillips LS, Wexler DJ, et al. Optimization of Metformin in the GRADE Cohort: Effect on Glycemia and Body Weight. Diabetes Care. 2020;43(5):940-947. doi: 10.2337/dc19-1769
                  32. Afshin A, Forouzanfar MH, Reitsma MB, et al. GBD (Global Burdon of Disease) 2015 Obesity Collaborators; Health Effects of Overweight and Obesity in 195 Countries over 25 Years. N Engl J Med. 2017;377(1):13-27. doi: 10.1056/NEJMoa1614362.
                  33. Lean MEJ, Wilma S Leslie WS, Barnes AC, et al. Durability of a primary care-led weight-management intervention for remission of type 2 diabetes: 2-year results of the DiRECT open-label, cluster-randomized trial. Lancet Diabetes En-docrinol. 2019;7(5):344-355. doi: 10.1016/S2213-8587(19)30068-3
                  34. Apovian CM, Okemah J, O’Neil PM. Body Weight Considerations in the Management of Type 2 Diabetes. Adv Ther. 2019;36(1):44-58. doi: 10.1007/s12325-018-0824-8
                  35. Chakhtoura M, Haber R, Ghezzawi M, et al. Pharmacotherapy of obesity: an update on the available medications and drugs under investigation. EClinicalMedicine. 2023;58:101882. doi: 10.1016/j.eclinm.2023.101882
                  36. FDA News Release. FDA Approves New Medication for Chronic Weight Management. November 8, 2023. Ac-cessed November 10, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/fda-approves-new-medication-chronic-weight-management
                  37. Saxenda. Prescribing information. Novo Nordisk 2023. Accessed September 15, 2023. https://www.novo-pi.com/saxenda.pdf
                  38. Wegovy. Prescribing information. Novo Nordisk 2021. Accessed September 15, 2023. https://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/label/2021/215256s000lbl.pdf
                  39. Zepbound. Prescribing information. Eli Lilly 2023. Accessed November 12, 2023. https://uspl.lilly.com/zepbound/zepbound.html#pi
                  40. Latif W, Lambrinos KJ, Rodriguez R. Compare and Contrast the Glucagon-Like Peptide-1 Receptor Agonists (GLP1RAs) Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing;Last Update: March 27, 2023. Accessed Sept 20, 2023. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK572151/
                  41. Lee YS, Jun HS. Anti-diabetic actions of glucagon-like peptide-1 on pancreatic beta-cells. Metabolism. 2014;63(1):9-19. doi: 10.1016/j.metabol.2013.09.010
                  42. Pi-Sunyer X, Astrup A, Ken Fujioka, M.D., et al. A Randomized, Controlled Trial of 3.0 mg of Liraglutide in Weight Management. N Engl J Med. 2015; 373(1):11-22. doi: 10.1056/NEJMoa1411892
                  43. Wilding JP, Batterham RL, Calanna Sl, et al. Once Weekly Semaglutide in in Adults with Overweight or Obesity. N Engl J Med. 2021;384(1):989-1002. doi: 10.1056/NEJMoa2032183
                  44. America Diabetes Association Professional Practice Committee. 8. Obesity and Weight Management for the Preven-tion and Treatment of Type 2 Diabetes: Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes-2022. Diabetes Care. 2022;45(Suppl 1):S113–S124. https://doi.org/10.2337/dc22-S008
                  45. Raja H, Ebrahim S, Mamidanna R, et al. Association between preoperative glucose-lowering medication agents and the status of type 2 diabetes mellitus after bariatric surgery. Br J Diabetes 2023;23:31-34. doi: https://doi.org/10.15277/bjd.2023.409
                  46. American Diabetes Association Professional Practice Committee. 10. Cardiovascular Disease and Risk Manage-ment: Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes-2022 [published correction appears in Diabetes Care. 2022 Mar 07;:] [pub-lished correction appears in Diabetes Care. 2022 Sep 1;45(9):2178-2181]. Diabetes Care. 2022;45(Suppl 1):S144-S174. doi:10.2337/dc22-S010
                  47. Chan JC. SGLT2 Inhibitors: The Next Blockbuster Multifaceted Drug? Medicina. 2023;59(2):388. doi:10.3390/medicina59020388
                  48. Zinman B, Wanner C, Lachin JM, et al. Empagliflozin, Cardiovascular Outcomes, and Mortality in Type 2 Diabetes. N Engl J Med. 2015; 373(22):2117-2128. doi: 10.1056/NEJMoa1504720
                  49. Neal, B, Perkovic V, Mahaffey KW, et al. Canagliflozin and Cardiovascular and Renal Events in Type 2 Diabetes. N Engl J Med. 2017; 377:644-657. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1611925
                  50. Wiviott, SD, Raz I, Bonaca MP. Dapagliflozin and Cardiovascular Outcomes in Type 2 Diabetes. N Engl J Med. 2019; 380(4):347-357. doi: 10.1056/NEJMoa1812389
                  51. Fonseca-Correa JI, Correa-Rotter, R. Sodium-Glucose Cotransporter 2 inhibitors Mechanisms of Action: A Review. Front Med (Lausanne). 2021:8:777861. doi: 10.3389/fmed.2021.777861
                  52. Chesterman T, Thynne TR. Harms and benefits of sodium-glucose co-transporter 2 inhibitors. Aust Prescr. 2020:43:168-171. doi: 10.18773/austprescr.2020.049
                  53. Pyke C, Heller RS, Kirk RK, et al. GLP-1 receptor localization in monkey and human tissue: Novel distribution re-vealed with extensively validated monoclonal antibody. Endocrinology. 2014; 155(4):1280–1290. doi: 10.1210/en.2013-1934
                  54. Sun F, Wu S, Guo S, et al. Impact of GLP-1 receptor agonists on blood pressure, heart rate and hypertension among patients with type 2 diabetes: a systematic review and network meta-analysis. Diabetes Res. Clin Pract. 2015;110(1):26-37. doi: 10.1016/j.diabres.2015.07.015
                  55. Gutzwiller JP, Tschopp S, Bock A., Drewe J, Beglinger C, Sieber CC. Glucagon-like peptide-1 induces natriuresis in healthy subjects and in insulin-resistant obese men. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2004;89(6):3055–3061. doi: 10.1210/jc.2003-031403
                  56. MA X, Liu Z, Ilyas I, et al. GLP-1 receptor agonists (GLP-1RAs): cardiovascular actions and therapeutic potential. Int J Biol Sci. 2021;17(8): 2050–2068. doi: 10.7150/ijbs.59965
                  57. Nachawi N, Rao PR, Makin V. The role of GLP-1 receptor agonists in managing type 2 diabetes. Clevel Clin J Med. 2022:89(8) 457-464. doi: https://doi.org/10.3949/ccjm.89a.21110
                  58. Gerstein HC, Colhoun HM, Dagenais GR, et al. Dulaglutide and cardiovascular outcomes in type 2 diabetes (RE-WIND): a double-blind, randomised placebo-controlled trial. Lancet. 2019;394(10193):121-130. doi: 10.1016/S0140-6736(19)31149-3
                  59. Maroso SP, Bain SC, Consoli A, et al. Semaglutide and Cardiovascular Outcomes in Patients with Type 2 Diabetes. N Engl J Med. 2016; 375(19):1834-1844. doi: 10.1056/NEJMoa1607141
                  60. Maroso SP, Daniels GH, Brown-Frandsen K, et al. Liraglutide and Cardiovascular Outcomes in Type 2 Diabetes. N Engl J Med. 2016; 375(4):311-22. doi: 10.1056/NEJMoa1603827
                  61. ElSayed NA; Aleppo G; Aroda VR; on behalf of the American Diabetes Association. 10. Cardiovascular Disease and Risk Management: Standards of Care in Diabetes-2023. Diabetes Care. 2023;46(Suppl 1):S158–S190. https://doi.org/10.2337/dc23-S010
                  62. Petrie JR, Guzik TJ, Touyz RM. Diabetes, Hypertension, and Cardiovascular Disease: Clinical Insights and Vascular Mechanisms. Can J Cardiol. 2018;34(5):575-584. doi: 10.1016/j.cjca.2017.12.005American Diabetes
                  63. Ettehad D, Emdin CA, Kiran A, et al. Blood pressure lowering for prevention of cardiovascular disease and death: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Lancet. 387(10022):957-967. doi: 10.1016/S0140-6736(15)01225-8
                  64. Xie X, Atkins E, Lv J, et al. Effects of intensive blood pressure lowering on cardiovascular and renal outcomes: up-dated systematic review and meta-analysis. Lancet 2016; 387(10017):435-443. doi: 10.1016/S0140-6736(15)00805-3
                  65. De Boer IH, Bangalore S, Benetos A, et al. Diabetes and hypertension: a position statement by the Ameri-can Diabetes Association. Diabetes Care. 2017;40:1273–1284. https://doi.org/10.2337/dci17-0026
                  66. Iliescu R, Lohmeier TE, Tudorancea I, Laffin L, Bakris GL. Renal denervation for the treatment of resistant hyperten-sion: review and clinical perspective. Am J Physiol Renal Physiol. 2015;309(7): F583–F594. doi: 10.1152/ajprenal.00246.2015
                  67. Bangalore S, Fakheri R, Toklu B, Messerli FH. Diabetes mellitus as a compelling indication for use of renin angioten-sin system blockers: systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized trials. BMJ. 2016;11:352: i438. doi: 10.1136/bmj.i438
                  68. Murphy SP, Ibrahim NE, Januzzi JL. Heart failure with reduced ejection fraction: a review. JAMA 2020;324(5):488–504. doi: 10.1001/jama.2020.10262
                  69. Mihaylova B, Emberson J, Blackwell L, et al.; Cholesterol Treatment Trialists’ (CTT) Collaborators. The effects of lowering LDL cholesterol with statin therapy in people at low risk of vascular disease: meta-analysis of individual data from 27 randomized trials. Lancet 2012; 380(9841):581–590. doi: 10.1016/S0140-6736(12)60367-5
                  70. Baigent C, Keech A, Kearney PM, et al.; Cholesterol Treatment Trialists’ (CTT) Collaborators. Efficacy and safety of cholesterol-lowering treatment: prospective meta-analysis of data from 90,056 participants in 14 randomized trials of statins. Lancet. 2005;366(9493):1267–1278. doi: 10.1016/S0140-6736(05)67394-1
                  71. Cavender MA, Steg PG, Smith SC, Eagle K, Ohman EM, Goto S, et al. Impact of diabetes mellitus on hospitalization for heart failure, cardiovascular events, and death. Circulation. 2015;132(10):923–31. doi: 10.1161/CIRCULATIONAHA.114.014796
                  72. McAllister DA, Read SH, Kerssens J, et al. Incidence of Hospitalization for Heart Failure and Case-Fatality Among 3.25 Million People With and Without Diabetes Mellitus. Circulation. 2018;138(24):2774–2786. https://doi.org/10.1161/CIRCULATIONAHA.118.034986
                  73. Pop-Busui R, Januzzi JL, Bruemmer D, et al. Heart Failure: An Underappreciated Complication of Diabetes. A Con-sensus Report of the American Diabetes Association. Diabetes Care. 2022;45(7):1670–1690. https://doi.org/10.2337/dci22-0014
                  74. De Boer IH, MD, MS; Rue TC, MS; Hall YN, MD; et al. Temporal Trends in the Prevalence of Diabetic Kidney Dis-ease in the United States. JAMA. 2011;305(24):2532-2539. doi:10.1001/jama.2011.861
                  75. Fox CS, Matsushita K, Woodward M, et al.; Chronic Kidney Disease Prognosis Consortium. Associations of kidney disease measures with mortality and end-stage renal disease in individuals with and without diabetes: a meta-analysis. Lancet 2012; 380(9854):1662–1673. doi: 10.1016/S0140-6736(12)61350-6
                  76. ElSayed NH; Aleppo G; Aroda VR; on behalf of the American Diabetes Association. 11. Chronic Kidney Disease and Risk Management: Standards of Care in Diabetes-2023. Diabetes Care. 2023;46(Suppl 1):S191–S202. https://doi.org/10.2337/dc23-S011
                  77. National Kidney Foundation. KDIGO 2012 clinical practice guideline for the evaluation and management of chronic kidney disease. Kidney Int Suppl. 2013; 3(1):1–148. https://kdigo.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/02/KDIGO_2012_CKD_GL.pdf
                  78. Levey AS, Coresh J, Balk E, et al.; National Kidney Foundation. National Kidney Foundation practice guidelines for chronic kidney disease: evaluation, classification, and stratification. Ann Intern Med. 2003;139(2):137–147. doi: 10.7326/0003-4819-139-2-200307150-00013
                  79. HOPE Study Investigators. Effects of ramipril on cardiovascular and microvascular outcomes in people with diabetes mellitus: results of the HOPE study and MICRO-HOPE sub study. Lancet 2000;355(9200):253-9
                  80. Shaikh A, A Practical Approach to Hypertension Management in Diabetes. Diabetes Ther. 2017;8(5):981–989. doi: 10.1007/s13300-017-0310-3
                  81. Zelniker TA, Braunwald E. Cardiac and renal effects of sodium-glucose co-transporter 2 inhibitors in diabetes: JACC state-of-the-art review. J Am Coll Cardiol. 2018; 72(15):1845–1855. doi: 10.1016/j.jacc.2018.06.040
                  82. Klahr S, Levey AS, Beck GJ, et al.; Modification of Diet in Renal Disease Study Group. The effects of dietary protein restriction and blood-pressure control on the progression of chronic renal disease. N Engl J Med. 1994; 330(13):877–884. doi: 10.1056/NEJM199403313301301
                  83. Perkovic V, Jardine MJ, Neal B, et al., for the CREDENCE Trial Investigators. Canagliflozin and Renal Outcomes in Type 2 Diabetes and Nephropathy. N Engl J Med. 2019; 380:2295-2306. doi: 10.1056/NEJMoa1811744
                  84. Herrspink, HJ, Stefansson, BV, Correa-Rotter R, et al. Dapagliflozin in Patients with Chronic Kidney Disease. N Engl J Med. 2020;383(15):1436-1446. doi: 10.1056/NEJMoa2024816
                  85. Bakris GL, Agarwal R, Anker SD, et al, for the FIDELIO-DKD Investigators. Effect of Finerenone on Chronic Kidney Disease Outcomes in Type 2 Diabetes. N Engl J Med. 2020; 383:2219-2229. doi: 10.1056/NEJMoa2025845
                  86. EMPA-KIDNEY Collaborative Group. Empagliflozin in Patients with Chronic Kidney Disease. N Engl J Med. 2023;388:117-127. doi: 10.1056/NEJMoa2204233
                  87. Tuttle KR, Lakshmanan MC, Rayner B, et al. Dulaglutide versus insulin glargine in patients with type 2 diabetes and moderate-to-severe chronic kidney disease (AWARD-7): a multicentre, open-label, randomised trial. Lancet Diabetes Endocrinol. 2018;6(8):605-617. doi: 10.1016/S2213-8587(18)30104-9
                  88. Mann JF, Orsted DD, Brown-Frandsen K, et al. Liraglutide and Renal Outcomes in Type 2 Diabetes. N Engl J Med. 2017;377:839-848. doi: 10.1056/NEJMoa1616011
                  89. Das SR, Everett BM, Birtcher KK, et al. 2020 expert consensus decision pathway on novel therapies for cardiovas-cular risk reduction in patients with type 2 diabetes: a report of the American College of Cardiology Solution Set Over-sight Committee. J Am Coll Cardiol. 2020;76:1117-1145. doi: 10.1016/j.jacc.2020.05.037

                  The Human-Animal Bond: How Close Is Too Close? – RECORDED WEBINAR

                  The Arthur E. Schwarting Symposium is an educational conference focused on pharmacy practice for pharmacists in many settings.

                  This year's sympoisum had an overall topic of Veterinary Medicines.

                  Learning Objectives

                  • Recognize and describe different zoonotic diseases: Rabies, Lyme Disease, Ringworm (Dermatophytosis), Leptospirosis, Giardia, and Toxoplasmosis

                   

                  • Describe method of transmission of each disease
                  • List the treatment of each disease (if possible)
                  • Indicate the species of animal that can harbor the disease
                  • Describe how to prevent the disease

                  Activity Release Dates

                  Released:  April 25, 2024
                  Expires:  April 25, 2027

                  Course Fee

                  $17 Pharmacist

                  ACPE UAN Codes

                   0009-0000-24-021-H01-P

                  Session Code

                  24RS21-VXK92

                  Accreditation Hours

                  1.0 hours of CE

                  Accreditation Statement

                  The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.

                  Pharmacists and Pharmacy Technicians are eligible to participate in this application-based activity and will receive 1.0 CE Hour  for completing the activity  (ACPE UAN 0009-0000-24-021-H01-P), passing the quiz with a grade of 70% or better, and completing an online evaluation. Statements of credit are available via the CPE Monitor online system and your participation will be recorded with CPE Monitor within 72 hours of submission.

                  Grant Funding

                  There is no grant funding for this activity.

                  Faculty

                  Sarah Plante, DVM
                  Associate Veterinarian
                  Fenton River Veterinary Hospital
                  Tolland, CT

                  Faculty Disclosure

                  • Sarah Plante doesn't have any relationships with ineligible companies.

                   

                  Disclaimer

                  The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

                  Content

                  Post Test Pharmacist

                  The Human-Animal Bond: How Close is Too Close? 

                   

                  • Recognize and describe different zoonotic diseases: Rabies, Lyme Disease, Ringworm (Dermatophytosis), Leptospirosis, Giardia, and Toxoplasmosis
                  • Describe method of transmission of each disease
                  • List the treatment of each disease (if possible)
                  • Indicate the species of animal that can harbor the disease
                  • Describe how to prevent the disease

                   

                     
                    1. At what age is the earliest a dog or cat can receive the rabies vaccination?
                    A. 8 weeks
                    B. 6 months
                    C. 12 weeks

                    2. What is the symptom of Lyme Disease in dogs that owners tend to notice first?
                    A. Shifting lameness
                    B. Vomiting
                    C. Increased thirst and urination (PUPD)

                    3. What is the best way to prevent most zoonotic infections?
                    A. Avoid wildlife
                    B. Use essential oils
                    C. Wash your hands

                    4. What antibiotic do veterinarians use most often to treat Spirochete bacterial infections?
                    A. Doxycycline
                    B. Clindamycin
                    C. Amoxicillin-clavulanic Acid

                    5. How are most zoonotic intestinal parasites are spread?
                    A. Aerosolized
                    B. Infection through break in the skin
                    C. Fecal-oral

                    6. What zoonotic disease causes an itchy, circular red lesion on the skin?
                    A. Lyme disease
                    B. Ringworm
                    C. Leptospirosis

                    7. What species most commonly carries toxoplasma?
                    A . Cats
                    B. Dogs
                    C. Ferrets

                    Animal Models of Disease: Barking up the Right Tree – RECORDED WEBINAR

                    The Arthur E. Schwarting Symposium is an educational conference focused on pharmacy practice for pharmacists in many settings.

                    This year's sympoisum had an overall topic of Veterinary Medicines.

                    Learning Objectives

                    • Discuss current legal and ethical positions on the use of animals in research
                    • List the pros and cons of various animal models
                    • Recall advantages and disadvantages for each animal model

                    Activity Release Dates

                    Released:  April 25, 2024
                    Expires:  April 25, 2027

                    Course Fee

                    $17 Pharmacist

                    ACPE UAN Codes

                     0009-0000-24-022-H01-P

                    Session Code

                    24RS22-KVX29

                    Accreditation Hours

                    1.0 hours of CE

                    Accreditation Statement

                    The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.

                    Pharmacists and Pharmacy Technicians are eligible to participate in this application-based activity and will receive 1.0 CE Hour  for completing the activity  (ACPE UAN 0009-0000-24-022-H01-P), passing the quiz with a grade of 70% or better, and completing an online evaluation. Statements of credit are available via the CPE Monitor online system and your participation will be recorded with CPE Monitor within 72 hours of submission.

                    Grant Funding

                    There is no grant funding for this activity.

                    Faculty

                    Jeannette Y. Wick, RPh, MBA
                    Director OPPD
                    UConn School of Pharmacy
                    Storrs, CT

                    Faculty Disclosure

                    • Jeannette Wick doesn't have any relationships with ineligible companies.

                     

                    Disclaimer

                    The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

                    Content

                    Post Test Pharmacist

                    Acne Vulgaris Pathogenesis and Treatment

                    Learning Objectives

                     

                    After completing this application-based continuing education activity, pharmacists and technicians will be able to

                    DESCRIBE the pathogenesis of acne, including the potential role of diet
                    OUTLINE topical and systemic pharmacologic therapies used to treat acne
                    IDENTIFY physical modalities with utility in treating acne
                    REVIEW available evidence supporting complementary and alternative medicine use for acne

                      Teenage girl with prominent acne covering her entire face.

                       

                      Release Date: June 15, 2024

                      Expiration Date: June 15, 2027

                      Course Fee

                      Pharmacists $7
                      Technician $4

                      There is no funding for this CE.

                      ACPE UANs

                      Pharmacist: 0009-0000-24-029-H01-P

                      Pharmacy Technician:  0009-0000-24-029-H01-T

                      Session Codes

                      Pharmacist:  24YC29-ABC33

                      Pharmacy Technician:  24YC29-CBA48

                      Accreditation Hours

                      2.0 hours of CE

                      Accreditation Statements

                      The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.  Statements of credit for the online activity ACPE UAN 0009-0000-24-029-H01-P/T will be awarded when the post test and evaluation have been completed and passed with a 70% or better. Your CE credits will be uploaded to your CPE monitor profile within 2 weeks of completion of the program.

                       

                      Disclosure of Discussions of Off-label and Investigational Drug Use

                      The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

                      Faculty

                      Sabina Alikhanov Palmieri, PharmD
                      Clinical Pharmacy Specialist
                      Community Health Network Connecticut
                      Wallingford, CT

                      Faculty Disclosure

                      In accordance with the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education (ACPE) Criteria for Quality and Interpretive Guidelines, The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy requires that faculty disclose any relationship that the faculty may have with commercial entities whose products or services may be mentioned in the activity.

                      Dr. Palmieri does not have any relationships with ineligible companies.

                       

                      ABSTRACT

                      Acne vulgaris is common. It presents with inflammatory and non-inflammatory lesions primarily on the face and trunk. While acne vulgaris is not associated with mortality, it causes a great deal of physical and psychologic sequelae such as permanent scarring, poor self-image, depression, and anxiety due to the lesions’ prominence and appearance. Its direct costs including lost productivity exceed $3 billion annually in the United States. Patients may treat minor cases of acne vulgaris with topical therapies. The most used topical acne medications include retinoids, benzoyl peroxide, topical antibiotics, or a combination of two or all three of these drugs. Moderate to severe acne vulgaris often necessitates the addition of systemic therapies as an adjunct to existing topical regimens. Prescribers use oral antibiotics or hormonal medications to treat moderate to severe acne in conjunction with topical therapies, as tolerated. Isotretinoin is an oral systemic drug used for severe recalcitrant nodular acne. Isotretinoin is given as monotherapy and has a corresponding Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy (REMS) program with which patients must comply due to the drug’s teratogenicity. Several other physical modalities and alternative medicines may be used for acne; however, the data is not robust enough to prioritize their use.

                      CONTENT

                      Content

                      INTRODUCTION

                      Acne vulgaris is a chronic skin condition characterized by open or closed comedones (bumps) and the development of inflammatory papules, pustules, or nodules.1 Papules are small, raised bumps; pustules are small, pus-filled bumps; and nodules are larger, solid lesions that extend into the deeper layers of the skin. Acne is among one of the most common skin disorders, frequently affecting adolescents and young adults. In the 2013 Global Burden of Disease study, acne vulgaris ranked second most burdensome skin disease among all skin diseases as measured by disability-adjusted life years.2 Experts estimate acne’s prevalence in young adults to be between 35% to more than 90%, with males affected more often than females in this age category.3 Acne’s incidence generally declines with increasing age, and tends to exhibit a female predominance following adolescence, affecting up to 15% of women.4

                       

                      While acne is not associated with mortality, several complications may arise such as hyperpigmentation, scarring, and negative psychosocial effects.3 A variety of treatment options are available for acne vulgaris, both over-the-counter (OTC) and prescription; product selection depends on lesion severity and patient-specific factors. Topical therapies are for milder cases, while systemic therapies are employed in more severe cases, typically in conjunction with topical treatments.

                       

                      Pathogenesis of Acne

                      Acne vulgaris is a complex inflammatory disorder affecting the pilosebaceous unit of the skin, which is composed of the hair follicle and sebaceous gland (glands that secrete sebum, an oily substance that keeps skin from drying out).3 Acne’s pathogenesis involves several different host factors that lead to lesion formation. The four main contributing factors associated with acne development include hyperkeratinization of follicles, increased sebum production, Cutibacterium acnes bacteria, and inflammation.3

                       

                      Increased sebum secretion from sebaceous glands, often stimulated by androgens, serves as a growth medium for C. acnes bacteria. This bacterium has the propensity to activate an immune response that subsequently triggers an inflammatory response. The inflammatory response results in the formation of inflammatory papules and pustules.

                       

                      Acne vulgaris may have other etiologies aside from the four main biologic factors. Cutaneous lesions can occur by way of mechanical injury or skin trauma because of scrubbing, squeezing, or friction, referred to as acne mechanica.5 Additionally, an association exists between psychologic stress and increased acne severity. Genetics is another factor that may contribute to the development of acne. Studies have shown that individuals with close family members who have acne are at increased risk of developing the condition.3

                       

                      Insulin resistance is also implicated in the formation of acne as it can stimulate androgen production and lead to increased serum levels of insulin-like growth factor-1 (IGF-1). Increased IGF-1 levels are linked to increased facial sebum excretion, which ultimately facilitates acne formation. Androgens contribute significantly in the development of acne as they stimulate the growth and secretory function of sebaceous glands, further increasing sebum production.3

                       

                      Several dietary elements have been associated with acne, although the evidence is not robust. A reduced glycemic index or a glycemic load diet (i.e., a low carbohydrate diet with reduced intake of processed meats, added sugar, and refined grains) may reduce the quantity and severity of acne lesions by reducing free androgens and IGF-1 levels.6 Additionally, omega-3 fatty acids can decrease IGF-1 and inhibit pro-inflammatory leukotriene B4, which potentially lessens the number of lesions. Conversely, milk and dairy products have been associated with an increase in acne lesions, likely due to their opposite effects on IGF-1 levels.3

                       

                      In addition to dietary intake, the gut microbiome can impact acne development.6 A randomized, placebo-controlled double-blind study of 20 adult patients with acne showed promising results in acne improvements with probiotic supplementation over a 12-week period.7 While this preliminary data supports the use of probiotics for acne, more robust data is needed to confirm these findings.

                       

                      Despite these dietary correlations, the relationship between acne and weight or body mass index (BMI) is uncertain. A large population-based study of about 600,000 adolescents in Israel found that obesity was inversely related to the development of acne.8 Conversely, a smaller scale case-control study of adolescents with moderate to severe acne found a correlation between lower BMI and lower incidence of acne.9 As studies have yielded mixed results, a connection is unclear at this time.

                       

                      Pretreatment Assessment

                      Prior to establishing a treatment plan, thorough assessment of the types of acne lesions and severity of those lesions is essential. Additionally, clinicians should consider potential contributing factors such as comedogenic skincare products (i.e., products that have a high likelihood of clogging pores), medications, or endocrine disorders. They should also consider the presence of complications such as scarring, hyperpigmentation, or presence and extent of psychologic distress when establishing treatment regimens and setting treatment goals.10 Anatomic location of the lesions is important to note as well.1

                       

                      Acne vulgaris lesions are either comedonal or papulopustular3:

                      • Comedonal lesions are milder in severity and characterized by closed comedones, also known as “whiteheads,” or open comedones, also known as “blackheads.” Comedonal lesions are non-inflammatory and typically smaller than 5 mm in size, or smaller than the size of a pencil top eraser.
                      • Papulopustular acne has a more inflamed presentation with relatively superficial papules or pustules, although still typically smaller than 5 mm in size.
                      • Nodular acne is a more severe variation of papulopustular acne with deep-seated, inflamed and often tender, large papules or nodules.

                       

                      While no universally accepted method of assessing acne grade or severity exists, several characteristics may differentiate between mild acne and more severe variants. Mild acne typically has limited skin involvement with scattered, small (less than 5 mm in size) comedonal lesions or inflamed papules. Mild acne also has an absence of near confluent skin involvement (defined as lesions that flow together) and no scarring or large nodules. Many visually prominent comedonal or inflammatory papulopustular lesions are characteristic of moderate to severe acne. Other features indicative of moderate to severe acne include the presence of large nodules, scarring, and involvement of multiple body areas.10

                       

                      PAUSE AND PONDER: Since several treatments for acne are available over-the-counter (OTC), what is a reasonable regimen for mild acne using only OTC drugs?

                       

                      Treatment for Mild Acne

                      The American Academy of Dermatology published guidelines for the management of acne vulgaris in 2016, and on January 30, 2024, the academy published an update to these guidelines in the form of a systematic review.1,11 The updated guidelines offer evidence-based recommendations and several good practice statements for the management of acne vulgaris. The guidelines classify recommendations as strong, where the benefits clearly outweigh the risks, or conditional, where the benefits are closely balanced with risks and burden. Conditional recommendations apply to most patients, but the most appropriate action may differ depending on patient or other stakeholder values.11

                       

                      Topical medications—as monotherapy or in combination—are typically the initial treatment of choice for mild acne.11 For mild comedonal acne without inflammatory lesions, treatment with a topical retinoid is an appropriate choice.1 Mild papulopustular and mixed acne may benefit from either a combination of a topical retinoid and topical antimicrobial or benzoyl peroxide and a topical antibiotic. Combining topical antibiotic treatment with benzoyl peroxide decreases the development of antibiotic resistance to C. acnes and improves treatment outcomes.10 The 2024 guidelines strongly recommend the following topical therapies for patients with acne based on moderate evidence: benzoyl peroxide, topical retinoids, and topical antibiotics (although not as monotherapy).11

                       

                      Topical Retinoids

                      Topical retinoids are routinely the initial treatment choice for mild comedonal acne. As vitamin A (retinol) derivatives, retinoids are important regulators of cell reproduction, proliferation (self-multiplication), and differentiation (specialization into specific cell types).12 In comedonal acne, retinoids normalize follicular hyperkeratosis (excessive development of keratin in hair follicles which result in papules) and prevent formation of the microcomedo, the primary lesion of acne.10 Table 1 lists the four currently available topical retinoid therapies for acne vulgaris: adapalene, tazarotene, tretinoin, and trifarotene.

                       

                      Table 1. Topical Retinoids for Acne Vulgaris10,13

                      Medication Usual Dosage Available Dosage Forms Common Adverse Effects
                      Adapalene Apply to acne lesions once daily in the evening or before bedtime Cream: 0.1%

                      Gel: 0.1% (OTC), 0.3%

                      Lotion: 0.1%

                      Local skin irritation: erythema (redness), skin scaling, xerosis (dryness), burning, and pruritus (itching); photosensitivity (light sensitivity)
                      Tazarotene Cream: 0.05%, 0.1%

                      Gel: 0.05%, 0.1%

                      Foam: 0.1%

                      Lotion: 0.045%

                      Local skin irritation: burning and stinging, contact dermatitis, erythema, pruritus, skin discoloration, skin inflammation, application site pain, and xerosis; photosensitivity
                      Tretinoin Cream: 0.025% to 0.1%

                      Gel: 0.01% to 0.05%

                      Lotion: 0.05%

                      Microsphere gel: 0.04% to 0.1%

                      Local skin irritation: peeling, xerosis, burning, stinging, erythema, and pruritus; photosensitivity
                      Trifarotene Cream: 0.005% Application site pruritus, skin irritation, and photosensitivity

                      OTC, over the counter.

                       

                      Tretinoin, when used topically, reduces the likelihood of follicular epithelial cells from sticking together, and decreases microcomedone formation. Additionally, it can increase turnover of follicular epithelial cells and stimulates mitotic activity or cell division thereby causing expulsion of comedones.14 Tretinoin is available in various dosage forms including creams, gels, and lotions. Newer formulations of tretinoin such as microsphere gels release the medication more slowly and are generally less irritating.10

                       

                      Patients should apply tretinoin to the affected area once daily at bedtime, 20 minutes following washing and drying of the face. Newer formulations are more stable, allowing patients to use them immediately following cleansing.14 Adverse effects of topical tretinoin, listed in Table 1, are typically most pronounced in the first month of therapy. Pharmacy teams should instruct patients to apply sunscreen in the morning to minimize photosensitivity (sensitivity to light), and guidelines recommend using sunscreen throughout the course of treatment with topical retinoids.1

                       

                      Adapalene is a retinoid-like drug that functions as a modulator of cell differentiation, keratinization (i.e., when the epithelial cells develop a hardened horn-like character), and inflammatory processes.15 Adapalene is available as a cream, gel, and lotion applied topically at bedtime after cleansing. It is the only retinoid available without a prescription. Adapalene has demonstrated similar efficacy and superior tolerability compared to other retinoids.16

                       

                      Tazarotene is a retinoid prodrug (i.e., inactive compound that turns into an active drug once metabolized) that reduces the number of inflammatory and non-inflammatory lesions in acne vulgaris.17 Patients apply tazarotene (a cream, gel, foam, or lotion) to the affected area once daily at bedtime after cleansing. The adverse effect profile is similar to that of other retinoids. While topical retinoid therapy is generally not recommended in pregnancy, this topical acne medication is contraindicated in pregnancy.

                       

                      Trifarotene is a retinoic acid receptor (RAR) agonist with specific activity at the gamma subtype of RAR. RAR activation causes transcription of several genes that are responsible for cell differentiation and mediation of inflammation.18 It is the first topical retinoid specifically studied in both facial and truncal acne, yielding favorable safety, tolerability, and efficacy data in patients with moderate acne.19 Trifarotene is available as a cream applied once daily in the evening or before bedtime.

                       

                      Benzoyl Peroxide

                      Benzoyl peroxide is a topical oxidizing drug which kills the bacteria on the skin, halts the production of sebum, and breaks down the outermost layer of the skin. It has potential to improve both inflammatory and non-inflammatory acne lesions.20 Benzoyl peroxide is available in a variety of dosage forms including creams, gels, washes, and foams and in several concentrations ranging from 2.5% to 10%, most of which are available OTC. Concentration-dependent irritation, staining, and bleaching of fabric and hair is a limiting factor in treatment with benzoyl peroxide. Pharmacists and technicians should inform patients that staining of towels and pillowcases is common when using this medication.

                       

                      Irritation from benzoyl peroxide manifests as erythema, scaling, xerosis, or stinging, tightening, or burning sensations.10 Generally, lower concentrations (i.e., 2.5% to 5%), water-based, and wash-off products have better tolerability, particularly in patients with sensitive skin.1 Presently, C. acnes shows no resistance to benzoyl peroxide, so addition of this medication to other regimens may further minimize development of antibiotic resistance.

                       

                      Benzoyl peroxide is optimal for mild papulopustular acne with or without comedonal lesions. Patients may use benzoyl peroxide in conjunction with a retinoid or topical antibiotic, and several combination products are available by prescription only (described in Table 2). If using benzoyl peroxide in combination with tretinoin, patients should apply the medications at different times of the day to avoid oxidation or degradation of the tretinoin product (i.e., use benzoyl peroxide in the morning and tretinoin in the evening). Benzoyl peroxide application timing does not matter when co-administered with the tretinoin microsphere formulation or other retinoids.1 The guidelines recommend using benzoyl peroxide one to three times daily, however, an increase in adverse effects such as dryness can occur with increased frequency of use. Usually, visible improvement occurs after about three weeks of benzoyl peroxide use, and maximal improvement is apparent after eight to 12 weeks.10

                       

                      Table 2. Topical Combination Medications for Acne Vulgaris 10,13

                      Category Medication Usual Dosage
                      Benzoyl Peroxide and Topical Antibiotic Benzoyl peroxide 5% / clindamycin 1% gel Apply twice daily
                      Benzoyl peroxide 5% / clindamycin 1.2% gel Apply once daily in the evening
                      Benzoyl peroxide 2.5% / clindamycin 1.2% gel Apply once daily in the evening
                      Benzoyl peroxide 3.75% / clindamycin 1.2% gel Apply once daily in the evening
                      Benzoyl peroxide 5% / erythromycin 3% gel Apply twice daily
                      Antimicrobial and Retinoid Clindamycin 1.2% / tretinoin 0.025% gel Apply once daily in the evening
                      Benzoyl peroxide 2.5% / adapalene 0.1% gel Apply once daily in the evening
                      Benzoyl peroxide 2.5% / adapalene 0.3% gel Apply once daily in the evening
                      Benzoyl peroxide 3% / tretinoin 0.1% cream Apply once daily in the evening
                      Antimicrobial, Antibiotic and Retinoid Benzoyl peroxide 3.1% / clindamycin 1.2% / adapalene 0.15% gel Apply once daily

                       

                      Topical Clindamycin

                      Clindamycin is an antibiotic used topically for acne vulgaris, most often in combination with benzoyl peroxide. The guidelines discourage monotherapy with topical antibiotics due to concerns for antibiotic resistance.11 Clindamycin is available in numerous topical dosage forms including gels, solutions, lotions, foam, and pledgets (small cotton rounds with medication embedded) and comes co-formulated with several retinoid medications.

                       

                      A meta-analysis comparing different topical treatments for acne demonstrated that gels containing benzoyl peroxide and clindamycin in combination were modestly more effective than benzoyl peroxide alone for the treatment of inflammatory acne lesions, superior to clindamycin alone, and resulted in faster improvement.21 Clindamycin is generally well tolerated when used topically, but irritation may occur as with any topical acne medication. Patients apply clindamycin to the affected area twice daily. Topical erythromycin is an alternative to clindamycin; however, reduced efficacy due to antibiotic resistance has limited its use.1

                       

                      Salicylic Acid and Azelaic Acid

                      Several alternative topical medications are available for patients with acne who are unable to tolerate retinoid therapy. Topical salicylic acid is a comedolytic medication (product which resolves papules and prevents formation of new ones) with mild anti-inflammatory properties that works by causing desquamation (shedding) of the horny layer of skin.22 It is available OTC in a variety of different gels, washes, pads, masks, lotions, and solutions. The guidelines conditionally recommend salicylic acid for patients with acne based on low certainty of evidence.11 Salicylic acid is typically dosed once daily, however patients may increase to two or three times daily if needed, as tolerated. Skin dryness and peeling may occur from using this medication, especially when used in excess.23 For patients seeking an OTC resolution for acne, pharmacists can suggest salicylic acid in combination with benzoyl peroxide.

                       

                      Azelaic acid is an effective treatment for acne due to its antimicrobial and antikeratinizing effects on the follicular epidermis and carries a conditional recommendation based on the guidelines.24,11 Azelaic acid possesses mild anti-inflammatory properties and can improve acne-induced, post-inflammatory hyperpigmentation.10 Patients apply this medication to the affected area twice daily, and it comes formulated as a cream, gel, and foam. Studies have shown that azelaic acid’s efficacy is comparable to other topical acne treatments, and it is generally well tolerated. Azelaic acid’s most common adverse effect, as with other topical acne medications, is local skin irritation.25,26

                       

                      Alternative Therapies for Resistant Disease

                      In patients who report insufficient improvement with first line treatments, providers may consider several additional topical options before starting systemic therapy. For comedonal acne, providers may try an alternative concentration of the retinoid therapy if there is room to increase, or switch to another retinoid drug if the current medication is already maximally dosed. For papulopustular acne, providers may change the retinoid medication or add concomitant benzoyl peroxide and/or a topical antibiotic, if desired. Alternative approaches to managing papulopustular acne involve the addition of topical dapsone, clascoterone, or topical minocycline.10 Table 3 lists antimicrobial therapies and additional alternative topical medications available for the treatment of acne vulgaris.

                       

                      Table 3. Antimicrobial Therapies and Alternative Topical Medications used for Acne Vulgaris 10,13

                      Category Medication Usual Dosage Available Dosage Forms Common Adverse Effects
                      Antimicrobial Benzoyl Peroxide Apply one to three times daily 2.5 to 10% gels, lotions, creams, pads, masks, cleansers, foam (most are OTC) Local skin irritation
                      Clindamycin Apply twice daily 1% gel, lotion, pledget, solution, foam Generally well tolerated, skin irritation may occur
                      Dapsone Apply once daily Gel: 5%, 7,5% Application site dryness and pruritus
                      Erythromycin Apply twice daily 2% gel, solution, pledget Generally well tolerated, skin irritation may occur
                      Minocycline Apply once daily 1 hour prior to bed Foam: 4% Headache
                      Topical Androgen Receptor Inhibitor Clascoterone Apply twice daily Cream: 1% Scaling, dryness, edema, or irritation of skin; HPA axis suppression
                      Other Azelaic acid Apply twice daily Cream: 20% Local skin irritation
                      Gel: 15%
                      Foam: 15%
                      Salicylic acid Apply one to three times daily 0.5 to 2% creams, gels, pads, cleansers, solutions, soaps, pledget, foam (most are OTC) Local skin irritation including transient stinging, burning, or pruritus; potential for salicylate absorption

                      HPA, hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal; OTC, over the counter.

                       

                      PAUSE AND PONDER: What factors could contribute to the higher prevalence of acne in males during adolescence?

                       

                      Topical dapsone is an antimicrobial agent that shows modest to moderate efficacy, particularly in the reduction of inflammatory acne lesions in clinical trials.27,28 While dapsone’s mechanism of action is poorly understood, it is thought to possess both anti-inflammatory and antimicrobial properties. Additionally, dapsone has demonstrated superior efficacy in females as opposed to males.29 Dapsone may be used in combination with benzoyl peroxide, however due to the potential for oxidation, patients must apply the medications at different times. Temporary yellow or orange discoloration of the skin and hair may occur if patients apply dapsone and benzoyl peroxide simultaneously. Patients apply dapsone to the affected area once daily and generally tolerate it well. Unlike with oral dapsone therapy, testing for glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase is unnecessary.1

                       

                      Clascoterone is a first-in-class topical androgen receptor inhibitor indicated for the treatment of acne vulgaris in individuals aged 12 years and older.30 This medication competes with dihydrotestosterone (DHT) for androgen receptors to block DHT from binding to these receptors. This in turn reduces the transcription of androgen-responsive genes that modulate inflammation and sebum production.30 Two phase 3 randomized clinical trials demonstrated that clascoterone has a similar safety profile to placebo without any downstream systemic androgenic effects.31 Patients apply clascoterone to the affected area twice daily. Clascoterone’s most common adverse effects include scaling, dryness, edema, or irritation of skin. Another, more serious potential adverse effect is hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis suppression (i.e., inadequate cortisol production leading to impaired stress response).10 Currently, clascoterone carries a conditional recommendation for the treatment of acne; this is based on a high certainty of evidence, however, also considers cost and access to treatment.11

                       

                      Treatment for Moderate to Severe Acne

                      Patients with moderate to severe acne may benefit from topical therapy, but this disease severity often necessitates the addition of systemic medications to achieve optimal outcomes. The guidelines recommend several different oral medications for acne vulgaris including antibiotics, isotretinoin, and hormonal medications, listed in Table 4.1 Prescribers usually employ systemic therapy in combination with topical medications, but they use oral isotretinoin as monotherapy. Drug selection is based on lesion severity and consideration of patient-specific factors.

                       

                      Table 4. Systemic Therapies for Acne Vulgaris10,13

                      Category Medication Usual Dosage Common Adverse Effects
                      Tetracycline Antibiotics Doxycycline Immediate Release: 50 to 100 mg twice daily or 100 mg once daily

                      Delayed Release: 100 mg every 12 hours for 1 day, then 100 mg once daily

                      Sub-antimicrobial dosing:

                      Immediate Release: 20 mg twice daily

                      Delayed Release: 40 mg once daily

                      Photosensitivity, GI distress, pseudotumor cerebri; contraindicated in pregnancy and children < 8 years of age
                      Minocycline Immediate Release: 50 or 100 mg daily or twice daily

                      Extended Release: 1 mg/kg/day (round to nearest available strength)

                      Dizziness, vertigo, serum sickness, drug-induced lupus, skin discoloration, pseudotumor cerebri; contraindicated in pregnancy and children <8 years of age
                      Sarecycline 33 to 54 kg: 60 mg once daily

                      55 to 84 kg: 100 mg once daily

                      85 to 136 kg: 150 mg once daily

                      Photosensitivity, GI distress; contraindicated in pregnancy and children <8 years of age
                      Macrolide Antibiotics Azithromycin Pulse dosing due to long drug half-life; 500 mg 1–3 times per week or 4 times monthly was studied, optimal regimen unknown GI distress
                      Erythromycin 250 to 500 mg twice daily initially, then decrease to once daily
                      Aldosterone Receptor Antagonists Spironolactone 50 to 100 mg/day in 1 or 2 equally divided doses Menstrual irregularity, breast tenderness, minor GI symptoms, orthostatic hypotension, hyperkalemia, dizziness, headaches, fatigue; contraindicated in pregnancy
                      Oral Retinoids Isotretinoin 0.5 mg/kg/day, increasing to 1 mg/kg/day in 1 or 2 equally divided doses; total dose 120 to 150 mg/kg over 20 weeks Dry skin and mucous membranes, visual changes, myalgia, hypertriglyceridemia, elevation of hepatic enzymes; teratogenic (absolutely contraindicated in pregnancy)
                      Combination Oral Contraceptives Various estrogen/progestin combinations One tablet once daily Nausea, breast tenderness, weight gain, thromboembolic events

                      GI, gastrointestinal.

                       

                      Oral Antibiotics

                      Systemic antibiotics are indicated for moderate to severe inflammatory acne.1 Antibiotics reduce inflammation by inhibiting the growth of C. acnes bacteria, with some antibiotics also exhibiting direct anti-inflammatory properties. When initiating oral antibiotic therapy for acne, prescribers should limit the duration of treatment to the shortest necessary interval to minimize antibiotic resistance; continuous therapy for three or four months is typically sufficient.32 The guidelines recommend simultaneous use of a topical retinoid with the oral antibiotic. Addition of topical benzoyl peroxide will further limit occurrence of antibiotic resistance.32

                       

                      Tetracycline antibiotics are first-line medications for the treatment of acne vulgaris.1 While other antibiotics may be used when treatment fails or is not tolerated, treatment with non-antibiotic systemic medications (e.g., isotretinoin) is typically considered first.32 Tetracycline antibiotics inhibit protein synthesis by binding the 30S subunit of the bacterial ribosome, and they also possess anti-inflammatory properties.1 Children younger than eight years old and patients who are pregnant cannot use tetracyclines due to the potential for discoloration of developing permanent teeth. Doxycycline, minocycline, and sarecycline are the main tetracyclines used for acne in the United States (U.S.). Providers no longer use tetracycline itself for acne due to tolerability issues, antibiotic resistance, and limited availability.

                       

                      The guidelines strongly recommend doxycycline for acne vulgaris based on moderate evidence.11 The typical recommended dose of doxycycline for acne is 100 mg twice daily. Patients take delayed release tablets once daily after the initial loading dose.33 Several studies have also shown that sub-antimicrobial dosing of doxycycline—either 20 mg twice daily or 40 mg once daily of the delayed-release formulation—is an effective strategy for acne vulgaris management.34-36 This dosing strategy eliminates the drug’s antibacterial action while maintaining its anti-inflammatory effects. Data shows that once daily 40 mg delayed-release doxycycline reduced inflammatory lesions and was better tolerated than doxycycline 100 mg once daily.34 Doxycycline’s most common adverse effects are gastrointestinal complaints, which patients can mitigate by taking the medication with food. Photosensitivity and benign increased intracranial pressure (pseudotumor cerebri) have also been associated with the use of tetracyclines, including doxycycline.33

                       

                      Minocycline is a tetracycline antibiotic that the guidelines conditionally recommended for the treatment of acne vulgaris based on moderate evidence.11 Although minocycline is effective, it has been associated with greater toxicity than doxycycline, so it is not usually used first.37 Typical minocycline dosing is 50 mg to 100 mg twice daily, or 1 mg/kg/day of the extended-release formulation. Minocycline may produce vestibular adverse effects such as headache, dizziness and vertigo, serum sickness, and pseudotumor cerebri. According to a systematic review, minocycline is the only tetracycline associated with the development of lupus erythematosus, although the risk is small.37 Photosensitivity may also occur with minocycline but typically to a lesser extent than with doxycycline.32

                       

                      Sarecycline is a newer, narrow-spectrum tetracycline antibiotic indicated for inflammatory lesions of non-nodular moderate to severe acne vulgaris in patients 9 years of age and older.38 The guidelines conditionally recommended this medication based on high certainty evidence.11 A narrow-spectrum antibiotic targets specific types of bacteria, while a broad-spectrum antibiotic is effective against a wide range of bacteria. Using this narrow-spectrum drug reduces the potential for antibiotic resistance and gut microbiome disruption.32 Sarecycline dosing is weight-based ranging from 60 mg to 150 mg once daily.38 Importantly, studies have not established sarecycline’s efficacy beyond 12 weeks or safety beyond 12 months. Sarecycline’s most common adverse effect in clinical trials was nausea.38

                       

                      Alternative antibiotics for acne vulgaris are reserved for patients who cannot tolerate or don’t respond well to tetracyclines and are not candidates for other systemic therapies.32 Clinical trials have evaluated macrolides—including erythromycin and azithromycin—for acne. A meta-analysis comparing the efficacy of azithromycin to doxycycline demonstrated that azithromycin pulse therapy (i.e., 500 mg one to three times per week or four times monthly) is equivalent to doxycycline 100 mg once or twice daily at 12 weeks in moderate to severe acne vulgaris.39 While some data supports their efficacy, macrolides are rarely used for this indication due to concerns for antibiotic resistance.40 Additionally, erythromycin is very poorly tolerated due to significant gastrointestinal adverse effects.

                       

                      Other antibiotic regimens that may be effective for acne in adults are trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole 160 mg/800 mg once to twice daily and cephalexin 500 mg twice daily, but data supporting their use is limited.41 The guidelines discourage using these antibiotics for acne due to increased risk of antibiotic resistance.1

                       

                      Topical Antibioitcs

                      Providers may consider topical minocycline as an alternative topical antibiotic for acne vulgaris in moderate to severe cases. Topical minocycline comes as a 4% foam and is indicated for the treatment of inflammatory lesions of non-nodular moderate to severe acne vulgaris in patients 9 years of age and older.42 Three large clinical trials have shown topical minocycline foam consistently reduces inflammatory acne lesions.43,44 Patients apply the medication to the affected area at the same time each day at least one hour before bedtime. Pharmacists should inform patients that minocycline foam is well tolerated, with headache being the most notable adverse effect.42

                       

                      Isotretinoin

                      Isotretinoin is an oral retinoid that tackles all four major factors in acne pathogenesis: sebum production, follicular hyperkeratinization, inflammation, and C. acnes bacteria. Isotretinoin is U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approved for the treatment of severe recalcitrant (refractory) nodular acne vulgaris.32 This medication is also a good option for moderate acne resistant to other treatments or for the management of acne that has produced physical scarring or psychosocial distress.1 Oral isotretinoin is the only medication that can permanently alter the natural course of acne vulgaris, and has the potential to induce long-term remission.32 Most patients experience long-term improvement in acne severity after just one course of isotretinoin. Additionally, continued improvement may occur for several months following completion of the treatment course, so patients must wait at least five months before considering additional isotretinoin therapy.45

                       

                      Patients take isotretinoin as monotherapy over the course of several weeks. Dosing is weight-based starting at 0.5 mg/kg/day in two divided doses, then titrated up to 1 mg/kg/day after the first month. The typical treatment duration is 15 to 20 weeks or until the total nodule count decreases by more than 70%, whichever occurs first.46 Taking the medication with food improves absorption (an important counseling point). Isotretinoin is contraindicated in pregnancy due to its teratogenicity (causes birth defects), but it is unclear whether teratogenic effects occur in sperm from males using isotretinoin.47 All patients who are prescribed the medication, prescribing providers, and pharmacies who dispense isotretinoin must enroll in the iPLEDGE REMS to receive the medication. Pharmacy teams play an integral part in ensuring patients can safely obtain this medication. They must verify that both the patient and provider are enrolled, obtain a Risk Management Authorization (RMA) number prior to filling and dispensing each prescription, and that no more than a 30-day supply is dispensed. Additionally, upon authorization, the iPLEDGE REMS website provides a “do not dispense to patient after” date. It is calculated as 30 days after the office visit for patients who cannot get pregnant, and seven days from the documented negative pregnancy test for patients who can.

                       

                      Isotretinoin is associated with several potential adverse effects including dry skin and mucous membranes, visual changes, and myalgia. Additionally, patients, particularly those with severe disease, may see an initial transient worsening of acne that requires adjustment to therapy.45 Isotretinoin is known to cause hyperlipidemia and elevation of hepatic transaminases (liver enzymes) necessitating lab monitoring.32 Some research suggests a possible link between depression and suicidal ideation, but the data is inadequate to establish causality at this time.48,49 Researchers have also suggested a link between isotretinoin and inflammatory bowel disease, but several large cohort studies have not confirmed this.50-52

                       

                      PAUSE AND PONDER: What would be the best course of action for a pregnant patient with acne?

                       

                      Oral Hormonal Therapies

                      Combination oral contraceptives (COC) and/or spironolactone may be reasonable therapeutic options for patients with acne vulgaris assigned female sex at birth. Both therapies carry a conditional recommendation for use in acne based on moderate evidence.11 These hormonal therapies work by reducing the androgenic effects on sebaceous glands, reducing sebum production. This can ultimately diminish comedone development and minimize C. acnes bacteria growth.32

                       

                      COCs containing an estrogen and progestin are effective therapies for acne vulgaris in female patients. Although most progestins in oral contraceptives have androgenic properties, all low-dose COCs are estrogen dominant and produce an overall antiandrogenic effect.32 The four COCs with an FDA approval for the treatment of acne vulgaris are

                      • drospirenone 3 mg/ethinyl estradiol 0.02 mg
                      • drospirenone 3 mg/ethinyl estradiol 0.02 mg/levomefolate calcium 0.451 mg
                      • norethindrone acetate/ethinyl estradiol/ferrous fumarate (triphasic formulation, meaning dose differs by the week)
                      • norgestimate/ethinyl estradiol (triphasic formulation)

                      These are all approved for patients with acne vulgaris who also desire contraception.13

                       

                      COCs for acne are not for use in patients who are younger than 14 years of age or within the first two years of starting menses unless it is clinically warranted.1 Other contraindications to COCs exist, including smokers aged 35 and older and patients with select cardiovascular and gastrointestinal comorbidities.11 COCs may be used in combination with other oral acne medications, including the tetracyclines and spironolactone.1 All COCs are associated with cardiovascular risks including thromboembolism and myocardial infarction, specifically in smokers. Additionally, they carry a potential risk of breast cancer and cervical cancer.13 Providers do not use progestin-only contraceptives for acne vulgaris as their androgenic properties may exacerbate acne.32

                       

                      Spironolactone is an aldosterone receptor antagonist with potent antiandrogen activity. It decreases testosterone production and competitively inhibits binding of testosterone and DHT to androgen receptors. Spironolactone may also inhibit 5-alpha-reductase (the enzyme that converts testosterone to DHT) and increase steroid hormone binding globulin (a protein that binds to estrogens and androgens).1 While spironolactone is not FDA approved for acne, clinicians often use it off-label based on available evidence and expert opinion.53-55 When used for acne, spironolactone is dosed at 50 mg to 100 mg in one or two equally divided doses. Patients generally tolerate it well, and the most common adverse effects include diuresis (increased urination), menstrual irregularities, breast tenderness, breast enlargement, fatigue, headache, and dizziness.1 It is also important to note that spironolactone is a potassium-sparing diuretic and hyperkalemia (high potassium levels) may occur when given at high doses or in patients with comorbidities such as renal insufficiency or severe heart failure. Hyperkalemia can be serious, but young, healthy patients taking spironolactone for acne do not appear to be at significant risk for hyperkalemia and don’t require monitoring.11,32

                       

                      Rare, Severe Acne Variants

                       

                      Acne Fulminans

                      Acne fulminans is a rare form of acne vulgaris characterized by the sudden development of large, inflammatory nodules and friable (fragile) plaques with erosions, ulcers, and hemorrhagic crusts. This may occur with or without systemic symptoms such as fever, malaise, bone pain, and arthralgias.3 These lesions typically present on the trunk; however, they may occur elsewhere. Isotretinoin can trigger acne fulminans, but some cases are idiopathic (no known cause). Acne fulminans typically occurs in adolescent males with preexisting acne vulgaris.3

                       

                      Treatment for acne fulminans involves using oral corticosteroids, usually prednisone 0.5 mg to 1 mg/kg/day, in combination with isotretinoin. If isotretinoin precipitated acne fulminans, prescribers must stop this medication and proceed with corticosteroid monotherapy for four weeks in patients with systemic symptoms and for two weeks for patients without systemic symptoms. When acne fulminans resolves, patients may restart isotretinoin in conjunction with the oral corticosteroid for at least four weeks before gradually titrating isotretinoin up as tolerated and reducing the corticosteroid dose. Providers may consider combination therapy with oral corticosteroids and tetracyclines for acne fulminans, but it is less effective.32

                       

                      Acne Conglobata

                      Acne conglobata is a severe form of nodular acne that primarily affects males. Large draining lesions, sinus tracts (linear, burrowing lesions resulting when multiple nodules merge), and severe scarring are characteristic of acne conglobata. Unlike acne fulminans, acne conglobata is not associated with systemic symptoms.3 The recommended treatment is oral isotretinoin, but isotretinoin may also occasionally cause severe flares at the start of therapy. Similar to the treatment for acne fulminans, low initial doses of isotretinoin (0.5 mg/kg per day or less) with oral corticosteroids before or during isotretinoin therapy are usually required.32 Intralesional glucocorticoid injections with triamcinolone acetonide have demonstrated efficacy as an adjunct treatment for severe nodular acne lesions.1,11 Additionally, tetracycline antibiotics have been used for severe nodular acne and may play a role in the treatment of acne conglobata, but they cannot be combined with isotretinoin due to the increased risk of pseudotumor cerebri.56 Case reports supporting the use of tumor necrosis factor-alpha inhibitors (i.e., etanercept, adalimumab, and infliximab) have been documented, but more research is needed.57-59

                       

                      Physical Modalities and Complementary and Alternative Medicine

                      While various physical modalities have been employed to treat acne vulgaris, limited evidence supports these approaches in the peer-reviewed medical literature.1 Comedeo extraction performed by a professional using pressure and excision when necessary to physically remove comedones may be beneficial in resistant cases and is often used in practice. Use of topical tretinoin cream for four to six weeks prior to extraction may be advantageous.23

                       

                      Several studies suggest that chemical peels may improve acne mildly, particularly in patients with non-inflammatory comedonal lesions.60-62 However, more large-scale, high-quality double-blinded placebo-controlled trials are needed. Additionally, evidence suggests the need for multiple treatments, and the results may not be long-lasting.23,60 Most chemical peels contain glycolic acid or salicylic acid.1 Patients who are taking isotretinoin are not candidates for a chemical peel due to the increased potential for irritation. Pharmacists should counsel patients using topical retinoids to pause therapy for several days prior to receiving a chemical peel.23

                       

                      Microdermabrasion is a non-invasive superficial peeling modality in which abrasive crystals are propelled onto the skin and subsequently suctioned with a vacuum device, resulting in exfoliation of the outermost layer of the epidermis.23 A pilot study conducted in a cohort of 24 patients supports the use of microdermabrasion for acne, but these patients continued to take other acne medications throughout the study.63 High-quality evidence to support the effectiveness of microdermabrasion for acne is lacking.

                       

                      Laser and light-based therapies have been used to treat acne, but additional studies are needed to evaluate their efficacy.64 Dermatologists have used intense pulsed light, broad-spectrum continuous-wave visible light (i.e., blue light and red light), photodynamic therapy, photopneumatic technology, and laser sources such as potassium titanyl phosphate laser, pulsed dye laser, and infrared lasers.23 The guidelines conditionally recommend against adding pneumatic broadband light to adapalene 0.3% gel based on low certainty evidence, however available evidence is insufficient to establish recommendations for other light-based therapies.11

                       

                      Photodynamic therapy shows the most promise compared to the other laser and light therapies.65 With this modality, the dermatologist applies a photosensitizer, such as aminolevulinic acid, to the affected skin for 15 minutes to three hours.1 The skin then absorbs the photosensitizer where sebocytes (sebum-producing epithelial cells) absorb it preferentially. Subsequently, a laser or light device activates the photosensitizer that generates singlet oxygen species, damaging the sebaceous glands and reducing C. acnes bacteria. While this treatment has great potential, additional research is necessary to determine the optimal photosensitizer, incubation time, and light source.1

                       

                      Complementary and Alternative Medicine

                      Tea tree oil, also known as melaleuca oil, is an essential oil produced by steaming the leaves of the Australian tea tree. Tea tree oil has been used for a variety of conditions and possesses both antimicrobial and anti-inflammatory properties.66 Two clinical trials assessed tea tree oil’s effectiveness in acne vulgaris.67,68 A placebo-controlled trial determined that topical 5% tea tree oil is effective for mild to moderate acne vulgaris.67 A comparator trial compared tea tree oil to benzoyl peroxide for acne and demonstrated that tea tree oil is comparable to benzoyl peroxide with better tolerability but slower onset of action.68 Pharmacists should note that tea tree oil may be a good option for patients seeking a more natural remedy for acne. While data supports its use, the guidelines state that available evidence is insufficient to develop a recommendation on the use of tea tree oil for acne.11

                       

                      Alpha hydroxy acids, such as glycolic acid and lactic acid, are weak organic acids that induce skin peeling to improve acne and hyperpigmentation among other dermatologic conditions. They are available over the counter in a variety of dosage forms (e.g., creams, washes, lotions) and are used in higher concentrations for in-office chemical peels.23 Some preliminary evidence supports the use of alpha hydroxy acids for acne; however, they are thought to confer the most benefit when used synergistically as a component of a comprehensive acne regimen.69

                       

                      While conclusive studies supporting safety and efficacy are lacking, several marketed devices claim to improve acne using heat. These devices produce a pulse of heat directly to the lesion, which is thought to kill any C. acnes bacteria present and produce an anti-inflammatory effect. The FDA has cleared multiple devices for this purpose, meaning they have gone through a review process, but medical devices of this type do not undergo the rigorous FDA approval process that requires clinical trials.23, 70

                       

                      Conclusion

                      A variety of treatment options for acne vulgaris are available, and treatment selection is based on lesion severity and patient preference. Clinicians treat mild acne with topical medications, several of which are available OTC. Patients seeking OTC solutions may consider benzoyl peroxide, salicylic acid, or adapalene, and tea tree oil is an option for those seeking a more natural remedy. Topical therapies are often employed first for milder acne, however they are often beneficial as part of the treatment plan in more severe cases as well. Systemic medications such as antibiotics, hormonal medications, and isotretinoin treat moderate to severe acne. Pharmacy teams should ensure patients are aware of the potential for gastrointestinal symptoms with antibiotics and isotretinoin’s teratogenicity, among other potential adverse effects. Oral corticosteroids are appropriate for very severe cases involving relatively rare acne variants. Several other alternative therapies and physical modalities may be employed as part of the regimen for acne vulgaris, but more research is necessary to assess the safety and efficacy of these options.

                       

                       

                       

                      Pharmacist Post Test (for viewing only)

                      Acne Vulgaris Pathogenesis and Treatment

                      Pharmacist Post-test

                      After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacists will be able to:

                      1) Describe the pathogenesis of acne, including the potential role of diet
                      2) Outline topical and systemic pharmacologic therapies used to treat acne
                      3) Identify physical modalities with utility in treating acne
                      4) Review available evidence supporting complementary and alternative medicine use for acne

                      1. What are the four main contributing factors implicated in the development of acne vulgaris?
                      A. Hypokeratinization of follicles, increased sebum production, C. acnes bacteria, and inflammation
                      B. Hyperkeratinization of follicles, increased sebum production, C. acnes bacteria, and inflammation
                      C. Hyperkeratinization of follicles, reduced sebum production, C. acnes bacteria, and inflammation

                      2. What dietary element is associated with an increase in acne lesions?
                      A. Dairy products
                      B. Omega-3-fatty acids
                      C. High fat diet

                      3. Jessica is a 14-year-old patient who presents with bothersome acne. She has primarily white heads and black heads and does not appear to have any inflammatory nodules. Which topical therapy would be MOST appropriate to start with as monotherapy?
                      A. Benzoyl Peroxide
                      B. Clindamycin
                      C. Tretinoin

                      4. What is the purpose of using benzoyl peroxide in addition to topical antibiotics for acne?
                      A. To reduce skin irritation
                      B. To improve the appearance of scarring
                      C. To reduce antibiotic resistance to C. acnes

                      5. Which topical retinoid is available over-the-counter without a prescription?
                      A. Adapalene
                      B. Tretinoin
                      C. Tazarotene

                      6. Which systemic medication is usually used as monotherapy for severe acne?
                      A. Tetracycline
                      B. Spironolactone
                      C. Isotretinoin

                      7. Matthew is a 17-year-old male who was taking minocycline for his moderate to severe acne. He experienced significant gastrointestinal symptoms, so he stopped taking it. What is the MOST reasonable option to consider next?
                      A. Doxycycline
                      B. Spironolactone
                      C. Isotretinoin

                      8. Which laser/light-based therapy shows the most promise for acne treatment?
                      A. Photodynamic therapy
                      B. Photopneumatic technology
                      C. Infrared lasers

                      9. Which of the following BEST describes acne conglobata?
                      A. A rare form of acne vulgaris characterized by sudden development of large, inflammatory nodules, and friable plaques
                      B. A severe form of nodular acne characterized by large draining lesions, sinus tracts, and severe scarring
                      C. A severe variation of papulopustular acne with deep-seated, inflamed, and often tender, large papules or nodules

                      10. Which alternative therapy originates from a plant source in Australia?
                      A. Tea tree oil
                      B. Glycolic acid
                      C. Lactic acid

                      Pharmacy Technician Post Test (for viewing only)

                      Acne Vulgaris Pathogenesis and Treatment

                      Pharmacy Technician Post-test

                      After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacy technicians will be able to:

                      1) Describe the pathogenesis of acne, including the potential role of diet
                      2) Outline topical and systemic pharmacologic therapies used to treat acne
                      3) Identify physical modalities with utility in treating acne
                      4) Review available evidence supporting complementary and alternative medicine use for acne

                      1. What are the four main contributing factors implicated in the development of acne vulgaris?
                      A. Hypokeratinization of follicles, increased sebum production, C. acnes bacteria, and inflammation
                      B. Hyperkeratinization of follicles, increased sebum production, C. acnes bacteria, and inflammation
                      C. Hyperkeratinization of follicles, reduced sebum production, C. acnes bacteria, and inflammation

                      2. What dietary element is associated with an increase in acne lesions?
                      A. Dairy products
                      B. Omega-3-fatty acids
                      C. High fat diet

                      3. Which topical acne treatment can cause bleaching of fabric and hair?
                      A. Tretinoin
                      B. Benzoyl peroxide
                      C. Adapalene

                      4. Which class of antibiotics is a first-line treatment for moderate to severe acne?
                      A. Penicillins (e.g., amoxicillin, ampicillin, dicloxacillin)
                      B. Tetracyclines (e.g., doxycycline, minocycline, sarecycline)
                      C. Macrolides (e.g., azithromycin, erythromycin)

                      5. Which topical retinoid is available over-the-counter without a prescription?
                      A. Adapalene
                      B. Tretinoin
                      C. Tazarotene

                      6. Which of the following is a non-invasive superficial peeling modality in which abrasive crystals are propelled onto the skin and subsequently suctioned within a vacuum device?
                      A. Photodynamic therapy
                      B. Chemical peel
                      C. Microdermabrasion

                      7. IPLEDGE is a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy (REMS) used for which acne medication, meaning this medication cannot be dispensed without the provider, patient, and pharmacy registering with this program?
                      A. Sarecycline
                      B. Isotretinoin
                      C. Trifarotene

                      8. Which laser/light-based therapy shows the most promise for acne treatment?
                      A. Photodynamic therapy
                      B. Photopneumatic technology
                      C. Infrared lasers

                      9. Which medications for moderate to severe acne can only be used to treat acne in individuals assigned female sex at birth?
                      A. Combined oral contraceptives and spironolactone
                      B. Combined oral contraceptives and isotretinoin
                      C. Spironolactone and isotretinoin

                      10. Which alternative therapy originates from a plant source in Australia?
                      A. Tea tree oil
                      B. Glycolic acid
                      C. Lactic acid

                      References

                      Full List of References

                      References

                         

                        1. Zaenglein AL, Pathy AL, Schlosser BJ, et al. Guidelines of care for the management of acne vulgaris [published correction appears in J Am Acad Dermatol. 2020;82(6):1576]. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2016;74(5):945-73. e33. doi: 10.1016/j.jaad.2015.12.037
                        2. Karimkhani C, Dellavalle RP, Coffeng LE, et al. Global Skin Disease Morbidity and Mortality: An Update From the Global Burden of Disease Study 2013. JAMA Dermatol. 2017;153(5):406-412. doi:10.1001/jamadermatol.2016.5538
                        3. Thiboutot D, Zaenglein AL. Pathogenesis, clinical manifestations, and diagnosis of acne vulgaris. In: UpToDate, Dellavalle RP, Levy ML, Owen C (Eds), Wolters Kluwer. Updated March 29, 2022. Accessed January 15, 2024.
                        4. Skin conditions by the numbers. American Academy of Dermatology. Accessed January 22, 2024. https://www.aad.org/media/stats-numbers
                        5. Dreno B, Bettoli V, Perez M, Bouloc A, Ochsendorf F. Cutaneous lesions caused by mechanical injury. Eur J Dermatol. 2015;25(2):114-121. doi:10.1684/ejd.2014.2502
                        6. Baldwin H, Tan J. Effects of Diet on Acne and Its Response to Treatment. Am J Clin Dermatol. 2021;22(1):55-65. doi:10.1007/s40257-020-00542-y
                        7. Fabbrocini G, Bertona M, Picazo Ó, Pareja-Galeano H, Monfrecola G, Emanuele E. Supplementation with Lactobacillus rhamnosus SP1 normalises skin expression of genes implicated in insulin signalling and improves adult acne. Benef Microbes. 2016;7(5):625-630. doi:10.3920/BM2016.0089
                        8. Snast I, Dalal A, Twig G, et al. Acne and obesity: A nationwide study of 600,404 adolescents. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2019; 81:723-729. doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2019.04.009
                        9. Di Landro A, Cazzaniga S, Parazzini F, et al. Family history, body mass index, selected dietary factors, menstrual history, and risk of moderate to severe acne in adolescents and young adults. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2012; 67:1129-1135. doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2012.02.018
                        10. Graber E. Acne Vulgaris: Overview of Management. In: UpToDate, Dellavalle RP, Levy ML, Owen C (Eds), Wolters Kluwer. Updated February 23, 2023. Accessed January 25, 2024.
                        11. Reynolds RV, Yeung H, Cheng CE, et al. Guidelines of care for the management of acne vulgaris. J Am Acad Dermatol. Published online January 30, 2024. doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2023.12.017
                        12. Tretinoin. Clinical Pharmacology powered by ClinicalKey. Philadelphia (PA): Elsevier. Accessed January 25, 2024. https://www.clinicalkey.com/pharmacology/monograph/624?n=Tretinoin,%20ATRA
                        13. Clinical Pharmacology powered by ClinicalKey. Philadelphia (PA): Elsevier. c2024- Accessed January 25, 2024. Available from: https://www.clinicalkey.com/pharmacology/
                        14. Tretinoin. Drug Facts and Comparisons. Facts & Comparisons eAnswers. Wolters Kluwer Health, Inc. Philadelphia, PA. Accessed January 25, 2024. https://fco.factsandcomparisons.com/lco/action/doc/retrieve/docid/fc_dfc/5550094?cesid=6zisiI6aW6o&searchUrl=%2Flco%2Faction%2Fsearch%3Fq%3Dtretinoin%2Btopical%26t%3Dname%26acs%3Dtrue%26acq%3Dtretinoin%26nq%3Dtrue
                        15. Differin gel 0.3% [prescribing information]. Galderma; Updated August 2022. Accessed January 25, 2024. https://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/label/2022/021753s011lbl.pdf
                        16. Kolli SS, Pecone D, Pona A, Cline A, Feldman SR. Topical Retinoids in Acne Vulgaris: A Systematic Review. Am J Clin Dermatol. 2019;20(3):345-365. doi:10.1007/s40257-019-00423-z
                        17. Tazorac gel [prescribing information]. Almirall, LLC; Updated August 2019. Accessed January 25, 2024. https://adam.almirall.com/m/7c8e5afa9250b521/original/Tazorac_Gel_USPI_final_Aug2019.pdf
                        18. Aklief [prescribing information]. Galderma Laboratories LP; Updated January 2022. Accessed January 25, 2024. https://www.aklief.com/prescribing-information
                        19. Brumfiel CM, Patel MH, Bell KA, Cardis MA. Assessing the Safety and Efficacy of Trifarotene in the Treatment of Acne Vulgaris. Ther Clin Risk Manag. 2021;17:755-763. Published 2021 Jul 26. doi:10.2147/TCRM.S286953
                        20. Benzoyl peroxide. Clinical Pharmacology powered by ClinicalKey. Philadelphia (PA): Elsevier. Accessed January 25, 2024. https://www.clinicalkey.com/pharmacology/monograph/1209?n=Benzoyl%20Peroxide
                        21. Seidler EM, Kimball AB. Meta-analysis comparing efficacy of benzoyl peroxide, clindamycin, benzoyl peroxide with salicylic acid, and combination benzoyl peroxide/clindamycin in acne. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2010; 63:52-62. doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2009.07.052
                        22. Salicylic acid. Clinical Pharmacology powered by ClinicalKey. Philadelphia (PA): Elsevier. Accessed January 25, 2024. https://www.clinicalkey.com/pharmacology/monograph/1548?n=Salicylic%20Acid
                        23. Dover JS, Batra P. Light-based, adjunctive and other therapies for acne vulgaris. In: UpToDate, Dellavalle RP, Levy ML, Owen C (Eds), Wolters Kluwer. Updated October 26, 2021. Accessed January 25, 2024.
                        24. Azelaic acid. Clinical Pharmacology powered by ClinicalKey. Philadelphia (PA): Elsevier. Accessed January 25, 2024. Available from: https://www.clinicalkey.com/pharmacology/monograph/1201?n=Azelaic%20Acid
                        25. Graupe K, Cunliffe WJ, Gollnick HP, Zaumseil RP. Efficacy and safety of topical azelaic acid (20 percent cream): an overview of results from European clinical trials and experimental reports. Cutis. 1996;57(1 Suppl):20-35.
                        26. Gollnick HP, Graupe K, Zaumseil RP. [Azelaic acid 15% gel in the treatment of acne vulgaris. Combined results of two double-blind clinical comparative studies]. J Dtsch Dermatol Ges. 2004;2(10):841-847. doi:10.1046/j.1439-0353.2004.04731.x
                        27. Draelos ZD, Carter E, Maloney JM, et al. Two randomized studies demonstrate the efficacy and safety of dapsone gel, 5% for the treatment of acne vulgaris. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2007;56(3). doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2006.10.005
                        28. Lucky AW, Maloney JM, Roberts J, et al. Dapsone gel 5% for the treatment of acne vulgaris: safety and efficacy of long-term (1 year) treatment. J Drugs Dermatol. 2007; 6:981-987.
                        29. Tanghetti E, Harper JC, Oefelein MG. The efficacy and tolerability of dapsone 5% gel in female vs male patients with facial acne vulgaris: gender as a clinically relevant outcome variable. J Drugs Dermatol. 2012;11(12):1417-1421.
                        30. Peterson H, Kircik L, Armstrong AW. Individual Article: Clascoterone Cream 1%: Mechanism of Action, Efficacy, and Safety of a Novel, First-in-Class Topical Antiandrogen Therapy for Acne. J Drugs Dermatol. 2023;22(6):SF350992s7-SF350992s14.
                        31. Hebert A, Thiboutot D, Stein Gold L, et al. Efficacy and Safety of Topical Clascoterone Cream, 1%, for Treatment in Patients with Facial Acne: Two Phase 3 Randomized Clinical Trials. JAMA Dermatol. 2020;156(6):621-630. doi:10.1001/jamadermatol.2020.0465
                        32. Graber E. Acne vulgaris: management of moderate to severe acne in adolescents and adults. In: UpToDate, Dellavalle RP, Levy ML, Owen C (Eds), Wolters Kluwer. Updated May 20, 2022. Accessed January 25, 2024.
                        33. Doxycycline. Clinical Pharmacology powered by ClinicalKey. Philadelphia (PA): Elsevier. Accessed January 25, 2024. Available from: https://www.clinicalkey.com/pharmacology/monograph/212?n=Doxycycline
                        34. Moore A, Ling M, Bucko A, Manna V, Rueda MJ. Efficacy and Safety of Subantimicrobial Dose, Modified-Release Doxycycline 40 mg Versus Doxycycline 100 mg Versus Placebo for the treatment of Inflammatory Lesions in Moderate and Severe Acne: A Randomized, Double-Blinded, Controlled Study. J Drugs Dermatol. 2015 Jun;14(6):581-6. PMID: 26091383.
                        35. Skidmore R, Kovach R, Walker C, et al. Effects of subantimicrobial-dose doxycycline in the treatment of moderate acne. Arch Dermatol. 2003;139(4):459-464. doi:10.1001/archderm.139.4.459
                        36. Toossi P, Farshchian M, Malekzad F, Mohtasham N, Kimyai-Asadi A. Subantimicrobial-dose doxycycline in the treatment of moderate facial acne. J Drugs Dermatol. 2008;7(12):1149-1152.
                        37. Garner SE, Eady A, Bennett C, Newton JN, Thomas K, Popescu CM. Minocycline for acne vulgaris: efficacy and safety. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2012;2012(8):CD002086. Published 2012 Aug 15. doi:10.1002/14651858.CD002086.pub2
                        38. Seysara [prescribing information]. Almirall LLC; Updated March 2023. Accessed January 25, 2024. https://static.almirall.us/pdf/Seysara-Prescribing-Information.pdf
                        39. Kim JE, Park AY, Lee SY, Park YL, Whang KU, Kim HJ. Comparison of the Efficacy of Azithromycin Versus Doxycycline in Acne Vulgaris: A Meta-Analysis of Randomized Controlled Trials. Ann Dermatol. 2018;30(4):417-426. doi:10.5021/ad.2018.30.4.417
                        40. Nakase K, Okamoto Y, Aoki S, Noguchi N. Long-term administration of oral macrolides for acne treatment increases macrolide-resistant Propionibacterium acnes. J Dermatol. 2018;45(3):340-343. doi:10.1111/1346-8138.14178
                        41. Fenner JA, Wiss K, Levin NA. Oral cephalexin for acne vulgaris: clinical experience with 93 patients. Pediatr Dermatol. 2008;25(2):179-183. doi:10.1111/j.1525-1470.2008.00628.x
                        42. Amzeeq [prescribing information]. Journey Medical Corporation; Updated February 2022. Accessed January 25, 2024. https://www.amzeeq.com/sites/default/files/2022-05/AMZEEQ-Prescribing-Information.pdf
                        43. Gold LS, Dhawan S, Weiss J, et al. A novel topical minocycline foam for the treatment of moderate-to-severe acne vulgaris: Results of 2 randomized, double-blind, phase 3 studies. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2019;80(1):168-177. doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2018.08.020
                        44. Raoof TJ, Hooper D, Moore A, et al. Efficacy and safety of a novel topical minocycline foam for the treatment of moderate to severe acne vulgaris: A phase 3 study. J Am Acad Dermatol 2020; 82:832
                        45. Owen C. Oral Isotretinoin Therapy for Acne Vulgaris. In: UpToDate, Dellavalle RP, Levy ML, Callen J (Eds), Wolters Kluwer. Updated March 24, 2023. Accessed February 12, 2024.
                        46. Isotretinoin. Clinical Pharmacology powered by ClinicalKey. Philadelphia (PA): Elsevier. Accessed January 25, 2024. Available from: https://www.clinicalkey.com/pharmacology/monograph/330?n=Isotretinoin
                        47. Draghici CC, Miulescu RG, Petca RC, Petca A, Dumitrașcu MC, Șandru F. Teratogenic effect of isotretinoin in both fertile females and males (Review). Exp Ther Med. 2021;21(5):534. doi:10.3892/etm.2021.9966
                        48. Marqueling AL, Zane LT. Depression and suicidal behavior in acne patients treated with isotretinoin: a systematic review. Semin Cutan Med Surg. 2005;24(2):92-102. doi:10.1016/j.sder.2005.04.003
                        49. Magin P, Pond D, Smith W. Isotretinoin, depression and suicide: a review of the evidence. Br J Gen Pract 2005; 55:134.
                        50. Alhusayen RO, Juurlink DN, Mamdani MM, et al. Isotretinoin use and the risk of inflammatory bowel disease: a population-based cohort study. J Invest Dermatol. 2013;133(4):907-912. doi:10.1038/jid.2012.387
                        51. Kridin K, Ludwig RJ. Isotretinoin and the risk of inflammatory bowel disease and irritable bowel syndrome: A large-scale global study. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2023;88(4):824-830. doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2022.12.015
                        52. Taylor MT, Margolis DJ, Kwatra SG, Barbieri JS. A propensity score matched cohort study identifying an association of acne, but not oral antibiotic or isotretinoin use, with risk of incident inflammatory bowel disease. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2023;88(4):841-847. doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2023.01.014
                        53. Roberts EE, Nowsheen S, Davis DMR, Hand JL, Tollefson MM, Wetter DA. Use of spironolactone to treat acne in adolescent females. Pediatr Dermatol. 2021;38(1):72-76. doi:10.1111/pde.14391
                        54. Saint-Jean M, Ballanger F, Nguyen JM, Khammari A, Dréno B. Importance of spironolactone in the treatment of acne in adult women. J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol. 2011;25(12):1480-1481. doi:10.1111/j.1468-3083.2010.03926.x
                        55. Roberts EE, Nowsheen S, Davis MDP, et al. Treatment of acne with spironolactone: a retrospective review of 395 adult patients at Mayo Clinic, 2007-2017. J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol. 2020;34(9):2106-2110. doi:10.1111/jdv.16302
                        56. Greydanus DE, Azmeh R, Cabral MD, Dickson CA, Patel DR. Acne in the first three decades of life: An update of a disorder with profound implications for all decades of life. Dis Mon. 2021;67(4):101103. doi:10.1016/j.disamonth.2020.101103
                        57. Campione E, Mazzotta AM, Bianchi L, Chimenti S. Severe acne successfully treated with etanercept. Acta Derm Venereol. 2006;86(3):256-257. doi:10.2340/00015555-0046
                        58. Sand FL, Thomsen SF. Adalimumab for the treatment of refractory acne conglobata. JAMA Dermatol. 2013;149(11):1306-1307. doi:10.1001/jamadermatol.2013.6678
                        59. Shirakawa M, Uramoto K, Harada FA. Treatment of acne conglobata with infliximab. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2006;55(2):344-346. doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2005.06.008
                        60. Kessler E, Flanagan K, Chia C, Rogers C, Glaser DA. Comparison of alpha- and beta-hydroxy acid chemical peels in the treatment of mild to moderately severe facial acne vulgaris. Dermatol Surg. 2008;34(1):45-51. doi:10.1111/j.1524-4725.2007.34007.x
                        61. Atzori L, Brundu MA, Orru A, Biggio P. Glycolic acid peeling in the treatment of acne. J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol. 1999;12(2):119-122.
                        62. Lee HS, Kim IH. Salicylic acid peels for the treatment of acne vulgaris in Asian patients. Dermatol Surg. 2003;29(12):1196-1199. doi:10.1111/j.1524-4725.2003.29384.x
                        63. Lloyd JR. The use of microdermabrasion for acne: a pilot study. Dermatol Surg. 2001;27(4):329-331. doi:10.1046/j.1524-4725.2001.00313.x
                        64. Barbaric J, Abbott R, Posadzki P, et al. Light therapies for acne. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2016;9(9):CD007917. Published 2016 Sep 27. doi:10.1002/14651858.CD007917.pub2
                        65. Boen M, Brownell J, Patel P, Tsoukas MM. The Role of Photodynamic Therapy in Acne: An Evidence-Based Review. Am J Clin Dermatol. 2017;18(3):311-321. doi:10.1007/s40257-017-0255-3
                        66. Carson CF, Hammer KA, Riley TV. Melaleuca alternifolia (Tea Tree) oil: a review of antimicrobial and other medicinal properties. Clin Microbiol Rev. 2006 Jan;19(1):50-62. doi: 10.1128/CMR.19.1.50-62.2006. PMID: 16418522; PMCID
                        67. Enshaieh S, Jooya A, Siadat AH, Iraji F. The efficacy of 5% topical tea tree oil gel in mild to moderate acne vulgaris: a randomized, double-blind placebo-controlled study. Indian J Dermatol Venereol Leprol. 2007;73(1):22-25. doi:10.4103/0378-6323.30646
                        68. Bassett IB, Pannowitz DL, Barnetson RS. A comparative study of tea-tree oil versus benzoylperoxide in the treatment of acne. Med J Aust. 1990;153(8):455-458. doi:10.5694/j.1326-5377.1990.tb126150.x
                        69. Tung RC, Bergfeld WF, Vidimos AT, Remzi BK. alpha-Hydroxy acid-based cosmetic procedures. Guidelines for patient management. Am J Clin Dermatol. 2000;1(2):81-88. doi:10.2165/00128071-200001020-00002
                        70. Badgwell Doherty C, Doherty SD, Rosen T. Thermotherapy in dermatologic infections. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2010;62(6):909-928. doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2009.09.055

                        Over-the-Counter (OTC) Medications and Devices Released within the Last Three Years

                        Learning Objectives

                         

                        After completing this application-based continuing education activity, pharmacists will be able to

                        ·       Describe the significance of the availability of each recently released over-the-counter medication or device
                        ·       List the common uses or indications for each over-the-counter medication or device
                        ·       Explain the directions for use for each over-the-counter medication or device

                        After completing this application-based continuing education activity, pharmacy technicians will be able to:

                        ·       Describe the significance of the availability of each recently released over-the-counter medication or device
                        ·       List the common uses or indications for each over-the-counter medication or device
                        ·       Explain the directions for use for each over-the-counter medication or device

                          Man in a store aisle, pointing and looking at shelves full of medicine bottles and boxed.

                           

                          Release Date: June 1, 2024

                          Expiration Date: June 1, 2027

                          Course Fee

                          Pharmacists:  $4

                          Technicians:   $2

                          There is no funding for this CE.

                          ACPE UANs

                          Pharmacist: 0009-0000-24-028-H01-P

                          Pharmacy Technician:  0009-0000-24-028-H01-T

                          Session Codes

                          Pharmacist:  24YC28-VXK44

                          Pharmacy Technician:  24YC28-XKV64

                          Accreditation Hours

                          1.0 hours of CE

                          Accreditation Statements

                          The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.  Statements of credit for the online activity ACPE UAN 0009-0000-24-028-H01-P/T will be awarded when the post test and evaluation have been completed and passed with a 70% or better. Your CE credits will be uploaded to your CPE monitor profile within 2 weeks of completion of the program.

                           

                          Disclosure of Discussions of Off-label and Investigational Drug Use

                          The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

                          Faculty

                          Marsha A. McFalls, PharmD, MSEd, RPh,
                          Assistant Professor of Pharmacy Practice
                          Duquesne University School of Pharmacy
                          Pittsburgh, PA

                          Faculty Disclosure

                          In accordance with the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education (ACPE) Criteria for Quality and Interpretive Guidelines, The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy requires that faculty disclose any relationship that the faculty may have with commercial entities whose products or services may be mentioned in the activity.

                          Dr. McFalls does not have any relationships with ineligible companies.

                           

                          ABSTRACT

                          Demands on pharmacists have continued to increase over the past few years. Pharmacists feel confident about dispensing medications, but some do not feel equally as confident when recommending over-the-counter medications. It is important for pharmacists to stay informed about new over-the-counter medications and be able to counsel patients on the selection and use of these products. New over-the-counter medications released in the past few years include birth control, devices that detect heart arrhythmias, allergy remedies, and products to treat opioid overdoses.

                          CONTENT

                          Content

                          INTRODUCTION

                          Self-care involves patients' ability to diagnose and treat their own illness without the help of a health care practitioner. Ninety-six percent of patients believe that over-the-counter (OTC) medications make it easy to care for these self-care conditions.1 Patients save $56.8 billion annually when they use OTC/nonprescription medications instead of prescription medications.2 Pharmacists and pharmacy technicians are frequently consulted about different self-care conditions and the appropriate choice of OTC medications and devices.

                           

                          PAUSE AND PONDER: Would you be able to recognize the symptoms of an overdose?

                           

                          Naloxone Nasal Spray

                          The Center for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) reported that there were 106,363 opioid-related deaths during a 12-month period ending in July 2023.3 The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) originally approved Naloxone to reverse an opioid overdose in 2015 as prescription only.4 It moved to OTC/nonprescription status in March 2023 through the FDA’s Rx-to-OTC switch process.5,6 The manufacturer drove this change to nonprescription status by providing data showing that the drug is safe and effective and that consumers could understand how to use the product based on the proposed labeling.5

                           

                          Naloxone (Narcan, Emergent BioSolutions) was the first OTC medication approved to reverse opioid overdose in community settings. Patients (who use prescription or illegal opioids), caregivers, family members, or friends can now purchase naloxone in community pharmacies, grocery stores, and online without a prescription.5,7 Based on Federal law, people of any age can purchase naloxone, but state laws may differ. 7 Table 1 describes symptoms of an opioid overdose. The overdose can result from use of fentanyl, heroin, morphine, oxycodone, and other opioids. Naloxone works by blocking the opiate receptors in the brain so that the opiate cannot exert its effects. If it is not an overdose situation, patients will experience no effect.5

                           

                           

                          Table 1. Opioid Overdose Symptoms5
                          ·       Body aches

                          ·       Diarrhea

                          ·       Fever

                          ·       Goose bumps

                          ·       Increased blood pressure

                          ·       Increased heart rate

                          ·       Nausea or vomiting

                          ·       Restlessness or irritability

                          ·       Sweating

                           

                           

                          Naloxone nasal spray contains only one dose and is not reusable. It is available in a 4 mg dose. Observers or caregivers should administer naloxone as soon as possible when they suspect an overdose. The observer/caregiver should lay the patient down on his or her back with their neck supported and the head tilted back. The caregiver should remove the tab from the nasal spray. It does not need to be primed. Caregivers place their thumb on the bottom of the red plunger and the first and middle fingers around the nozzle. The caregiver then places the tip of the nasal spray inside the patient’s nose. They should press the red plunger to administer the medication. They can give additional doses every two to three minutes if needed. They should also call emergency services immediately.

                           

                          During an overdose situation, the patient could experience withdrawal effects such as nausea, vomiting, sweating, tremors, shivering, or irritability.8 The cost is approximately $45 for two single doses.9

                           

                          A Naloxone Nasal Spray Training Device is available for anyone that wants to learn how to administer the nasal spray. The kit contains instructions and two training devices. It does not contain active medication.10

                           

                          In July 2023, the FDA approved a second OTC naloxone product. RiVive (Harm Reduction Therapeutics) contains 3 mg naloxone. This is also a Rx-to-OTC change supported by evidence demonstrating that the naloxone levels that reach the blood stream are similar in the prescription and nonprescription product.11 The approximate cost is $36 for a twin pack.

                           

                          PAUSE AND PONDER: How would you respond if a 13-year-old girl approached you and began asking questions about the norgestrel birth control? What questions would you ask?

                           

                          Norgestrel 0.075 mg Tablets

                          In 2019, the CDC reported that 35.7% of pregnancies were unintended in women aged 15 to 44.12 Unintended pregnancies may result in negative consequences due to a lack of early prenatal care and increased risk of preterm delivery.13 Having norgestrel available without a prescription may help to reduce unintended pregnancies.14

                           

                          Opill (Perrigo) is the first nonprescription oral contraceptive. Opill tablets contain norgestrel 0.075 mg, which is a progestin, or a form of progesterone. It is only used to prevent pregnancy; it does not protect against sexually transmitted diseases such as HIV. The American College and Obstetricians and Gynecologists and the American Medical Medication Association have endorsed this product. Women of any age can purchase Opill in community pharmacies, grocery stores, and online.14,15

                           

                          Norgestrel thickens the mucus in the cervix, preventing sperm from reaching the egg. The progestin may also inhibit ovulation, but not in all cases. Each pack contains 28 tablets, 24 active tablets that contain progestin and four inactive tablets that do not contain progestin. Norgestrel will begin working two days after the patient starts a pack and patients must take one tablet at the same time daily to be effective.

                           

                          Missing tablets or not taking the tablets at the same time every day may reduce the birth control’s effectiveness and increase the chance of pregnancy. If a patient fails to take the tablet by three hours or more of her scheduled time, she should take the next tablet as soon as possible. In this case, she and her partner should also use condoms (or another backup method of birth control) or avoid sex (vaginal) for the next two days.15 Once a pack is completed, patients should start the next pack without any break in between.16 With typical use, the pregnancy rate is 9 in 100 during the first year of progestin-only tablets and for perfect use (never forgetting to take a tablet and taking the same time every day), the pregnancy rate is 1 in 100 women.15

                           

                          Patients may experience side effects such as headache, dizziness, nausea, fatigue, cramps, or bloating.16 Progestin-only medications are contraindicated in women who have a history of lupus or breast cancer. Opill will be available on store shelves in March 2024. The suggested cost is $19.99 for a one month supply.17

                           

                           

                          OTC Hearing Aids

                          Approximately 30 million adults in the United States have some type of hearing loss.18 OTC hearing aids are credited for improving the quality of life in patients, according to a study in the Journal of the American Medication Association.19 The study used a previously validated model (Decision model of the Burden of Hearing Loss Across the Lifespan: DeciBHAL-US) and simulated the projected probability of hearing loss and the use of traditional and OTC hearing aids in 40- and 50-year old males and females. Use of OTC hearing aids resulted in a $70 to $200 savings over a lifetime. Patients also began using OTC hearing aids earlier in life compared to traditional hearing aids (77.6 versus 78.9 years respectively).19 The OTC Hearing Aid Act provided the opportunity for patients to purchase OTC hearing aid devices without a medical examination or the necessity of being fitted by a hearing aid specialist.

                           

                          OTC hearing aids are approved for adults 18 years of age and older and can be purchased online or in stores.18 OTC hearing aids are appropriate for patients with mild or moderate hearing loss. They are not appropriate for severe or profound hearing loss. OTC hearing devices have limits on the maximum output and would not treat severe hearing loss appropriately. Table 2 provides questions that a pharmacist might ask a patient regarding use of OTC hearing aids.

                          Table 2. Questions Pharmacists Should Ask Patient about OTC Hearing Aids 20

                           

                          ·       Are you 18 years or older?

                          ·       Why do you think you need a hearing aid?

                          ·       Have you had your hearing tested either by a professional or by using an online tool?

                          ·       Do sounds appear muffled?

                          ·       Do you have trouble hearing in a group or a noisy area?

                          ·       Do you turn the television up to an excessively high level?

                           

                          Patients wear OTC hearing aids behind or in the ear canal; implantation is not required. Sound is amplified in the ear canal and moved to the inner ear, where processing and transmission to the brain occurs.18

                           

                          Patients should first test their hearing by using an online resource that is provided on the product’s website. Once the results are provided, patients can select the best product for their needs using online product selection tools, based on their brand name choice. Table 3 lists features of some OTC hearing devices.21

                          Table 3. Features of some OTC Hearing Devices 21
                          ·       Advanced acoustics

                          ·       Bluetooth streaming

                          ·       Hands-free phone calling

                          ·       Rechargeable

                          ·       Water resistant

                           

                          Brands include Jabra Enhance, Audicus, and MDHearing. Costs range from $200 to $1000 per pair.22 Some health insurance companies may provide coverage for OTC hearing devices based on specific brands.23

                           

                           

                          Lidocaine 4% Patch

                          Lidocaine is a topical anesthetic and works by inhibiting nerve impulse conduction. It provides a numbing sensation and is used to treat minor pain. Areas that can be treated include the back, neck, shoulders, and knees/elbows.24 Lidocaine patches are not appropriate for areas of inflammation.25

                           

                          Lidocaine patches can be used on patients 12 years of age and older. Patients apply the patch to the affected area of the skin every six to eight hours and should not exceed three applications per day.1 The patch may fall off if exposed to water, so waiting until the patch is off is the best time to shower or swim. Patches should not be applied to damaged or broken skin. The patch should not be covered with a bandage or a heating pad because too much lidocaine may be absorbed through the skin.25

                           

                          After the patch is removed, it can be discarded in the trash after it’s folded in half (adhesive side in).25 Common side effects include warmth or stinging.26 This product should not be used longer than seven days.

                           

                          Brand names include Salonpas (lidocaine 4%) Pain Relieving Gel Patch (approximate cost is $11 for 6 patches) and Aspercreme (lidocaine 4%) Lidocaine Pain Relief Patch (approximate cost is $10 for 3 patches).24 Pharmacists and technicians should pay careful attention to brand name products with different ingredients. Salonpas Pain Relieving Patch contains camphor, methyl salicylate, and menthol.

                           

                          Diclofenac Sodium 1% Gel

                          Diclofenac topical gel was also changed to nonprescription through the Rx-to-OTC switch process. The FDA approved it as a prescription in 2007 and approved the move to nonprescription status in 2020.27

                           

                          Voltaren (Haleon) is a nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory (NSAID) gel, which means that it reduces prostaglandins, which are often responsible for inflammation. It is approved for the treatment of arthritis pain in the hand, wrist, elbow, foot, ankle, or knee in adults older than 18 years. It is not approved for sprains, strains, or sport injuries.27

                           

                          Diclofenac relieves joint pain and stiffness.1 Dosing is based on the area of application. Patients apply 2.25 inches to the upper body (hand, wrist, elbow) and apply 4.5 inches to the lower body (foot, ankle, knee). The dose is measured using an enclosed dosing card.

                           

                          Diclofenac comes with an easy twist cap, which is helpful for patients with arthritis. The gel should be rubbed into the affected area up to four times a day for up to 21 days.28 Voltaren does not feel greasy and has a clean scent, compared to other topical preparations used to treat joint pain and stiffness. Common side effects include mild skin irritation. Patients who are allergic to aspirin should not use diclofenac topical gel.27 Diclofenac has limited systemic absorption and provides pain relief at the site of application.29 Diclofenac topical gel does not work immediately. Patients may not notice relief for one week.27

                           

                          The cost is approximately $19 for a 3.5 oz tube.30 

                           

                          PAUSE AND PONDER: What symptoms would patients experience if they thought they have atrial fibrillation?

                           

                          KardiaMobile

                          KardiaMobile (Alivecor) is used as a personal electrocardiogram (ECG), which measures the electrical activity in the heart. It is FDA-cleared. KardiaMobile is a single-lead ECG used to detect common arrhythmias such as atrial fibrillation, bradycardia, and tachycardia in 30 seconds.31 More than 454,000 hospitalizations occur each year in the United States due to atrial fibrillation.32

                           

                          The KardiaMobile device is the size of a credit card and pairs or communicates with a smartphone. Patients open the Kardia app on their smartphone and press “Record now.” The patient should place the KardiaMobile device near the smartphone so that the two can connect. The patient places two fingers on each of the pads on the KardiaMobile device. After a few seconds, the results appear in the Kardia app. Patients can save the results or email them to a health care practitioner.31 Patients also have access for one year to KardiaCare, which is a service that includes ECG evaluations by cardiologists and monthly reports.33

                           

                          The sensitivity and specificity for atrial fibrillation are 92% and 95%, respectively, and 85% and 83% for normal sinus rhythm.34

                           

                          The Apple Watch also provides a similar service for the detection of heart arrhythmias. According to a study conducted in 2022, the Apple Watch and KardiaMobile can both detect rhythm and heart rate issues but the KardiaMobile had a nonsignificant trend toward better accuracy and rhythm detection.32

                           

                          The approximate cost for the KardiaMobile device is $79.31

                           

                          Azelastine HCl 0.15% Nasal Spray

                          Azelastine (Astepro, Bayer) is approved for the temporary relief of nasal congestion, runny nose, and sneezing due to indoor and outdoor allergies. This is the first available OTC antihistamine nasal spray. It is steroid free and approved for adults and children 6 years of age and older.35 About 25.7% of adults and 18.9% of children have seasonal allergies.36

                          Azelastine is an H1-receptor antagonist that prevents histamine from activating the histamine receptor and producing symptoms such as nasal congestion, runny nose, and sneezing. Patients should prime the spray before using it by pumping the spray until a fine mist comes out.37 Before using the spray, they must blow their nose to clear the nostrils. The patient may then tilt their head downward and insert the tip ¼” to ½” into the nostril. Patients then press the pump once and sniff gently.38

                           

                          Children 6 to 11 years of age should use one spray in each nostril twice daily. Children 12 years of age and older and adults should use one or two sprays in each nostril once or twice daily. Common adverse effects include runny nose, headache, and bitter taste. If patients experience drowsiness, they can use the spray at bedtime (and this is a good counseling point). The labeling recommends avoiding azelastine with alcohol or sedatives. Patients should experience relief within the first three hours of the dose.1

                           

                          If the nozzle is clogged, the patient should unscrew the spray pump unit. The patient should fill a bowl or container with warm water, soak the nozzle, and pump the nozzle several times under water to clear the clog. Finally, the patient should let the nozzle dry before putting it back on the bottle. The product will need to be primed again before the next use.38

                           

                          The cost is approximately $24 for 120 metered sprays.39

                           

                          Olopatadine Hydrochloride 0.1%

                          Olopatadine (Pataday, Alcon) is used to treat itchy, red eyes caused by ragweed, grass, animal hair, and pollen allergies.40 Forty percent of the population has experienced itchy, red eyes due to allergies.41 Olopatadine is a mast cell stabilizer, which prevents histamine from forming during the allergic cascade.27 Patients 2 years of age and older can use this product. The dose is one drop in the affected eye twice daily every six to eight hours. Reminding patients to remove contacts before use and wait 10 minutes after using the drops before reinserting them is a key counseling point.42

                           

                          Patients should stop using the product if they experience changes in vision, increased eye redness, or eye pain.27 The cost is approximately $20 for a 5 mL bottle.42 

                           

                          Pataday (olopatadine 0.2%) Once Daily Relief and Pataday (olopatadine 0.7%) Once Daily Relief Extra Strength are also available as nonprescription products.43

                           

                          Mometasone Furoate 50 mcg Nasal Spray

                          Mometasone furoate (Nasonex, Perrigo) is used to treat allergies, such as hay fever, that produces symptoms such as nasal congestion, runny and itchy nose, and sneezing.44 Mometasone is a corticosteroid.40 It blocks the release of substances that produce inflammation in the body. Nasonex can be used in patients 2 years of age and older. It is the first nonprescription nasal steroid and is full prescription strength.40

                           

                          As with many other nasal products, the steps for administration start with shaking mometasone furoate before each use and executing a priming spray before the first use. The patient should

                          • insert the tip of the bottle in the nostril using a finger to hold the other nostril closed
                          • breathe in and spray at the same time
                          • repeat the process in the other nostril
                          • avoid blowing their nose right after using the nasal spray.44

                           

                          Patients 2 to 11 years of age should use one spray in each nostril once daily and patients 2 years of age and older should use two sprays in each nostril once daily. Stinging of the nasal passages is a common side effect. The product must be discarded after 75 days from the first use, even if product remains in the bottle.44 Pharmacists and pharmacy technicians can remind patients to note the day they start using the product and/or the day when it needs to be discarded on the label. The cost is approximately $15 for 60 sprays.45

                           

                          Ivermectin 0.5% Lotion

                          Approximately 6 to 12 million cases of head lice occur each year. Children between the ages of 3 and 11 years are most commonly affected.46 Ivermectin was originally available by prescription only. In 2020, the manufacturer started the process to change the classification to nonprescription. Ivermectin lotion is no longer available as a prescription.47

                           

                          Head lice are parasites that survive by feeding on human blood. Lice are spread by person-to-person contact in close environments. Adult head lice are between 2 to 3 mm in length and move by crawling; they cannot hop or fly.46 Commons symptoms of head lice include itching on the head and scratching behind the ears.48

                           

                          Ivermectin 0.5% lotion (Sklice, Azurity Pharmaceuticals) is used to treat head lice and nits and is approved for children 6 months of age and older. Sklice is applied to dry hair and the scalp. The entire scalp and the hair nearest the scalp should be completely covered before the person applying the lotion pulls it through to the end of the hair. Patients may require the entire tube of product. Sklice is left on the hair for 10 minutes and then rinsed with water only. Patients should wait 24 hours before applying shampoo. Side effects include ocular irritation and a feeling of burning skin. These effects are rare.

                           

                          Lice eradication is possible with one treatment. Treatment is effective for 94.9% of patients.49 The approximate cost is $293 for 177 grams, which is a single treatment.50 Generic alternatives are also available. Other therapies for head lice include permethrin (approximate cost is $39)51 and pyrethrin/piperonyl butoxide (approximate cost is $14)52.

                           

                          CONCLUSION

                          More than 700 products have been changed to OTC status through the Rx-to-OTC switch process.53 More are sure to come. It is very important that pharmacists and pharmacy technicians stay up-to-date with not only products on the market from the Rx-to-OTC switch process but also with entirely new product entities. Continuing education programs, product websites, and package information are an appropriate way to become familiar with all new product releases.

                           

                           

                          Pharmacist Post Test (for viewing only)

                          1. What is TRUE with regard to opioid overdose and the use of naloxone spray?
                          A. The person observing the possible overdose should place the patient on their side before administering the naloxone spray.
                          B. If an additional dose is needed, the caregiver should wait 2 or 3 minutes before administering the next dose.
                          C. The person observing the possible overdose will only ever need to give one spray to treat an opioid overdose.

                          2. A patient calls you on the phone and says that she is six hours late in taking her next dose of the norgestrel tablet pack. What do you tell her?
                          A. She should throw away the pack immediately and start a new pack.
                          B. She should just skip the dose and start again the next day at the usual time.
                          C. She should take the tablet and use a backup method of birth control.

                          3. What symptom does azelastine (Astepro) treat?
                          A. Cough
                          B. Headache
                          C. Runny nose

                          4. KardiaMobile is available for over-the-counter use. Why is this device important?
                          A. It allows patients to detect heart rhythm abnormalities that they may not know that they have.
                          B. Patients need fewer visits to healthcare providers and can self-monitor arrhythmias without follow-up.
                          C. Athletes can monitor their heart rates during workouts so they can maximize the benefit of exercise.

                          5. What is a TRUE statement relating to lice and its treatment?
                          A. Patients should apply Sklice (ivermectin) lotion to freshly shampooed wet hair.
                          B. Patients should always apply a second treatment within 24 to 48 hours.
                          C. Patients should leave Sklice on the hair for 10 minutes then rinse with water.

                          Pharmacy Technician Post Test (for viewing only)

                          1. What is TRUE with regard to opioid overdose and the use of naloxone spray?
                          A. The person observing the possible overdose should place the patient on their side before administering the naloxone spray.
                          B. If an additional dose is needed, the caregiver should wait 2 or 3 minutes before administering the next dose.
                          C. The person observing the possible overdose will only ever need to give one spray to treat an opioid overdose.

                          2. A patient calls you on the phone and says that she is six hours late in taking her next dose of the norgestrel tablet pack. What do you tell her?
                          A. She should throw away the pack immediately and start a new pack.
                          B. She should just skip the dose and start again the next day at the usual time.
                          C. She should take the tablet and use a backup method of birth control.

                          3. What symptom does azelastine (Astepro) treat?
                          A. Cough
                          B. Headache
                          C. Runny nose

                          4. KardiaMobile is available for over-the-counter use. Why is this device important?
                          A. It allows patients to detect heart rhythm abnormalities that they may not know that they have.
                          B. Patients need fewer visits to healthcare providers and can self-monitor arrhythmias without follow-up.
                          C. Athletes can monitor their heart rates during workouts so they can maximize the benefit of exercise.

                          5. What is a TRUE statement relating to lice and its treatment?
                          A. Patients should apply Sklice (ivermectin) lotion to freshly shampooed wet hair.
                          B. Patients should always apply a second treatment within 24 to 48 hours.
                          C. Patients should leave Sklice on the hair for 10 minutes then rinse with water.

                          References

                          Full List of References

                          References

                             
                            1. Krinsky, DL, Home testing and monitoring devices. In: Krinsky DL, et al. Handbook of Nonprescription Drugs. 20th ed. American Pharmacists Association; 2020.
                            2. 2023 outlook for consumer healthcare. January 2023. Accessed January 1, 2024. https://www.chpa.org/news/2023/01/2023-outlook-consumer-healthcare
                            3. Provisional Drug Overdose Death Counts. December 2023. Accessed January 1, 2024. https://www.cdc.gov/nchs/nvss/vsrr/drug-overdose-data.htm
                            4. Naloxone. August 2023. Accessed January 1, 2024. https://www.drugs.com/naloxone.html
                            5. FDA approves first over-the-counter naloxone nasal spray. March 2023. Accessed December 27, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/fda-approves-first-over-counter-naloxone-nasal-spray?utm_medium=email&utm_source=govdelivery
                            6. Prescription-to-nonprescription (Rx-to-OTC) switches. June 2022. Accessed January 1, 2024. https://www.fda.gov/drugs/drug-application-process-nonprescription-drugs/prescription-nonprescription-rx-otc-switches
                            7. Non-prescription (“over-the-counter”) frequently asked questions. April 2023. Accessed January 12, 2024. https://www.samhsa.gov/medications-substance-use-disorders/medications-counseling-related-conditions/naloxone/faqs
                            8. Narcan. August 2023. Accessed December 28, 2023. https://www.drugs.com/narcan.html
                            9. Will availability of over-the-counter Narcan increase access? September 2023. Accessed December 28, 2023. https://www.kff.org/policy-watch/will-availability-of-over-the-counter-narcan-increase-access/#:~:text=Even%20if%20stores%20decide%20to,the%20drug%20as%20a%20precaution.
                            10. Naloxone Nasal Spray Training Device (Pack of 2). Accessed January 1, 2024. https://overdosekits.com/products/overdose-kit-naloxone-nasal-spray-training-device-reusable-includes-two-nasal-spray-training-devices-instructions?variant=43959522918627¤cy=USD&utm_medium=product_sync&utm_source=google&utm_content=sag_organic&utm_campaign=sag_organic&gad_source=5&gclid=EAIaIQobChMIzuLrw_20gwMVnUpHAR2yTgqFEAQYAiABEgIgY_D_BwE
                            11. FDA approves second over-the-counter naloxone nasal spray product. July 2023. Accessed January 1, 2024. https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/fda-approves-second-over-counter-naloxone-nasal-spray-product
                            12. U.S. pregnancy rates drug during last decade. April 2023. Accessed January 1, 2024. https://www.cdc.gov/nchs/pressroom/nchs_press_releases/2023/20230412.htm
                            13. FDA approves first nonprescription daily oral contraceptive. July 2023. Accessed January 1, 2024. https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/fda-approves-first-nonprescription-daily-oral-contraceptive
                            14. Clinical overview: Opill as first OTC contraception in United States. September 2023.
                            Accessed December 28, 2023. https://www.pharmacytimes.com/view/clinical-overview-opill-as-first-otc-contraception-in-united-states
                            15. Progestin-only hormonal birth control: Pill and injection. January 2023. Accessed December 28, 2023. https://www.acog.org/womens-health/faqs/progestin-only-hormonal-birth-control-pill-and-injection
                            16. Opill. September 2023. Accessed December 28, 2023. https://www.drugs.com/opill.html
                            17. 3 charts: The cost and coverage of Opill–the first FDA-approved over-the-counter daily oral contraceptive pill in the United State. March 5, 2024. Accessed March 16, 2024. https://www.kff.org/health-costs/press-release/three-charts-the-cost-and-coverage-of-opill-the-first-fda-approved-over-the-counter-daily-oral-contraceptive-pill-in-the-united-states/#:~:text=The%20suggested%20retail%20price%20of,(%240)%20for%20the%20pills.60#
                            18. OTC hearing aids: What you should know. May 2023. Accessed January 1, 2024. https://www.fda.gov/medical-devices/hearing-aids/otc-hearing-aids-what-you-should-know
                            19. Borre ED, Johri M, Dubno JR, et al. Potential clinical and economic outcomes of over-the-counter hearing aids in the US. JAMA Otolaryngol Head Neck Surg. 2023;149(7):607-614. doi:10.1001/jamaoto.2023.0949
                            20. Over-the-counter hearing aids. August 2022. Accessed January 1, 2024. https://www.nidcd.nih.gov/health/over-counter-hearing-aids
                            21. Jabra. Accessed January 1, 2024. https://www.jabraenhance.com/product
                            22. Best over-the-counter hearing aids of 2024. January 2024. Accessed January 1, 2024. https://www.forbes.com/health/l/best-otc-hearing-aids/?gad_source=1&gclid=CjwKCAiA4smsBhAEEiwAO6DEjZMXsbCPRDg6rFY3U3j6nQJPDtMm-xLZMXvoQW8iE87BvgerPtxqVBoCDtMQAvD_BwE
                            23. Does Medicare or insurance cover hearing aids in 2023? November 2023. Accessed January 1, 2024. https://www.ncoa.org/adviser/hearing-aids/hearing-aids-insurance-coverage/#:~:text=While%20most%20insurance%20plans%20don,a%20few%20plans%20that%20do.
                            24. Salonpas. Accessed December 28, 2023. https://www.amazon.com/Salonpas-Lidocaine-Gel-Patch-Strength-Available/dp/B01MF68INT/ref=sr_1_4?crid=V9IZ016RWHLK&keywords=salonpas&qid=1703780356&rdc=1&sprefix=salonpa%2Caps%2C86&sr=8-4
                            25. What are lidocaine patches and how are they used? March 2023. Accessed January 1, 2024. https://www.goodrx.com/lidocaine/lidocane-patch#about-lidocaine-patches
                            26. Salonpas-Hot adhesive patch, medicated – Uses, side effects and more. Accessed December
                            28, 2023. https://www.webmd.com/drugs/2/drug-16986/salonpas-hot-topical/details
                            27. FDA approves three drugs for nonprescription use through Rx-to-OTC switch process. February 2020. Accessed January 1, 2024. https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/fda-approves-three-drugs-nonprescription-use-through-rx-otc-switch-process
                            28. Voltaren Arthritis Pain Relief Gel. Accessed December 28, 2023. https://www.voltarengel.com/arthritis-pain-gel/
                            29. Topical NSAID therapy for musculoskeletal pain. March 2010. Accessed January 1, 2024. https://academic.oup.com/painmedicine/article/11/4/535/1893796
                            30. Voltaren Arthritis Pain Gel. Accessed December 28, 2023. https://www.walmart.com/ip/Voltaren-Topical-Arthritis-Medicine-Gel-Pain-Reliever-for-Arthritis-3-5-Oz/556463039?athbdg=L1103&adsRedirect=true
                            31. Kardia. Accessed December 28, 2023. https://store.kardia.com/products/kardiamobile
                            32. Atrial fibrillation. October 2022. Accessed January 1, 2024. https://www.cdc.gov/heartdisease/atrial_fibrillation.htm
                            33. FDA clears world’s first credit-card-sized personal ECG. February 2022. Accessed January 1, 2024. https://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/fda-clears-worlds-first-credit-card-sized-personal-ecg-301472260.html
                            34. KardiaMobile for ECG monitoring and arrythmia diagnosis. November 2020. Accessed January 1, 2024.
                            https://www.aafp.org/pubs/afp/issues/2020/1101/p562.html#:~:text=The%20sensitivity%20and%20specificity%20of,premature%20atrial%20or%20ventricular%20contractions
                            35. FDA approves Astepro Allergy Nasal Spray for over-the-counter use in the United States. June 2021. Accessed December 28, 2023. https://www.businesswire.com/news/home/20210617005872/en/FDA-Approves-Astepro%C2%AE-Allergy-Nasal-Spray-for-Over-the-Counter-Use-in-the-United-States
                            36. More than a quarter of U.S. adults and children have at least one allergy. January 2023. Accessed January 1, 2024. https://www.cdc.gov/nchs/pressroom/nchs_press_releases/2022/20220126.htm#:~:text=For%20Immediate%20Release%3A%20January%2026%2C%202023&text=Findings%20from%20the%20adults'%20report,6.2%25%20have%20a%20food%20allergy.
                            37. How to use nasal sprays correctly. December 30, 2022. Accessed March 16, 2024. https://www.news-medical.net/health/How-to-Use-Nasal-Sprays-Correctly.aspx#:~:text=If%20the%20patient%20is%20using,mist%20comes%20out%20when%20pumped.
                            38. Astepro Allergy. Accessed January 1, 2024. https://www.asteproallergy.com/products/astepro-allergy-nasal-spray
                            39. Astepro Allergy. Accessed December 28, 2023. https://www.walmart.com/ip/Astepro-Allergy-Medicine-Steroid-Free-Antihistamine-Nasal-Spray-120-Metered-Sprays/900785735?from=/search
                            40. FDA approves Rx-to-OTC switch for nasal allergy spray. March 2022. Accessed January 1, 2024. https://www.empr.com/home/news/fda-approves-rx-to-otc-switch-for-nasal-allergy-spray/
                            41. Allergic conjunctivitis. May 2022. Accessed January 1, 2024. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK448118/
                            42. Pataday. Accessed December 28, 2023. https://www.walgreens.com/store/c/pataday-eye-itch-relief/ID=300399614-product
                            43. Pataday. Accessed January 1, 2024. https://www.myalcon.com/professional/ocular-health/allergy-drops/pataday/#:~:text=Pataday%C2%AE%20Once%20Daily%20Relief,Available%20Without%20a%20Prescription.&text=The%20highest%20concentration%20of%20olopatadine,your%20patients%20without%20a%20prescription
                            44. Nasonex 24HR Allergy. Accessed December 28, 2023. https://www.drugs.com/nasonex.html
                            45. Nasonex. Accessed December 28, 2023. https://www.target.com/p/nasonex-24hr-non-drowsy-mometasone-furoate-allergy-medicine-nasal-spray-60-sprays/-/A-86065697?ref=tgt_adv_xsp&AFID=google&fndsrc=tgtao&DFA=71700000049427614&CPNG=PLA_Health_Priority%2BShopping_Local%7CHealth_Ecomm_Essentials&adgroup=Health_Priority+TCINs&LID=700000001170770pgs&LNM=PRODUCT_GROUP&network=g&device=c&location=9005861&targetid=pla-323070238464&gad_source=1&gclid=Cj0KCQiA1rSsBhDHARIsANB4EJbiey-yBHLXAeMjOJoCM5FdUr0QBYiy9gRQjLS2mNX3pvHhtZaCvd8aAhtYEALw_wcB&gclsrc=aw.ds
                            46. Epidemiology & risk factors. October 2019. Accessed January 1, 2024. https://www.cdc.gov/parasites/lice/index.html
                            47. FDA approves lotion for nonprescription use to treat head lice. October 27, 2020. Accessed March 16, 2024. https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/fda-approves-lotion-nonprescription-use-treat-head-lice#:~:text=Sklice%20is%20for%20external%20use,available%20as%20a%20prescription%20drug
                            48. Sklice lotion. Accessed January 1, 2024. https://www.sklice.com/images/1.0-home/sklice-lotion-cil.pdf
                            49. Ivermectin lotion (Sklice) for head lice. June 2014. Accessed January 1, 2024. https://www.aafp.org/pubs/afp/issues/2014/0615/p984.html#:~:text=EFFECTIVENESS,31.3%25%20for%20placebo).
                            50. Sklice prices, coupons and patient assistance programs. Accessed December 28, 2023. https://www.drugs.com/price-guide/sklice
                            51. Nix Complete Treatment Kit. Accessed January 12, 2024. https://www.walmart.com/ip/Nix-Complete-Treatment-Kit-Permethrin-Cream-Rinse-1-for-Lice-Eggs-5-oz/772728163?from=/search
                            52. RID. Accessed January 12, 2024. https://www.walmart.com/ip/RID-Lice-Killing-Shampoo-2-oz/226676020?from=/search
                            53. FAQs about Rx-to-OTC switch. Accessed January 12, 2024. https://www.chpa.org/about-consumer-healthcare/faqs/faqs-about-rx-otc-switch#:~:text=106%20ingredients%2C%20indications%2C%20or%20dosage,been%20newly%20approved%20since%201976

                            ACUTE AND CHRONIC HYPERKALEMIA: TREATMENT OPTIONS, POTASSIUM BINDERS, AND CLINICAL CASES

                            Learning Objectives

                             

                            After completing this application-based continuing education activity, pharmacists will be able to

                            ·       Identify foods that cause hyperkalemia
                            ·       List medications that cause hyperkalemia
                            ·       Compare and contrast medications that manage acute and chronic hyperkalemia
                            ·       Determine the best agent to manage hyperkalemia in each case study

                            After completing this application-based continuing education activity, pharmacy technicians will be able to:

                            ·       Identify foods that cause hyperkalemia
                            ·       List medications that cause hyperkalemia
                            ·       Describe the dosing and storage information of patiromer and SZC
                            ·       Describe the steps of the drug prior authorization process

                             

                              A patient has his heart rhythm monitored due to his hyperkalemia.

                               

                              Release Date: May 15, 2024

                              Expiration Date: May 15, 2027

                              Course Fee

                              FREE

                              There is no funding for this CE.

                              ACPE UANs

                              Pharmacist: 0009-0000-24-026-H01-P

                              Pharmacy Technician:  0009-0000-24-026-H01-T

                              Session Codes

                              Pharmacist:  24YC26-FXB33

                              Pharmacy Technician:  24YC26-BXF96

                              Accreditation Hours

                              2.0 hours of CE

                              Accreditation Statements

                              The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.  Statements of credit for the online activity ACPE UAN 0009-0000-24-026-H01-P/T will be awarded when the post test and evaluation have been completed and passed with a 70% or better. Your CE credits will be uploaded to your CPE monitor profile within 2 weeks of completion of the program.

                               

                              Disclosure of Discussions of Off-label and Investigational Drug Use

                              The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

                              Faculty

                              Marvin Fong, PharmD, CDE
                              Staff Pharmacist
                              Beeman’s Highland Pharmacy
                              San Bernadino, CA

                              Faculty Disclosure

                              In accordance with the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education (ACPE) Criteria for Quality and Interpretive Guidelines, The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy requires that faculty disclose any relationship that the faculty may have with commercial entities whose products or services may be mentioned in the activity.

                              Dr. Fong does not have any relationships with ineligible companies.

                               

                              ABSTRACT

                              Hyperkalemia—high potassium levels—is a serious disorder that warrants appropriate treatment. Defined as a serum potassium level greater than 5.5 mEq (mmol/L), hyperkalemia can be asymptomatic or symptomatic. Severe hyperkalemia can cause irregular heart rhythms. Both drugs and foods can cause hyperkalemia. Medications for the management of acute and chronic hyperkalemia include calcium, insulin, beta-agonists, sodium bicarbonate, loop diuretics, and potassium binders. Sodium polystyrene sulfonate (SPS) has been a gold standard for chronic hyperkalemia for several decades. However, sodium overload can be a concern with SPS. Newer drugs such as patiromer and sodium zirconium cyclosilicate offer both safety and effectiveness, but they are costly alternatives. Pharmacists and pharmacy technicians must be prepared to navigate the prior authorization process to seek coverage for these costly alternatives.

                              CONTENT

                              Content

                              INTRODUCTION

                              Did you know that all living cells need potassium to maintain cellular fluid balance? Potassium has many benefits. First, it helps muscles to contract. Second, it helps maintain blood pressure. Third, it helps regulate bodily fluids inside cells (intracellular). However, having too much potassium (hyperkalemia) may have a negative impact. Hyperkalemia may cause arrhythmia (irregular heart rhythm), which could be life-threatening. Hyperkalemia can be categorized into two main types: acute and chronic. Patients with chronic kidney disease are especially prone to elevated potassium levels.1

                              Consider these situations:

                              • Gonzalez comes to your pharmacy with a prescription for patiromer. The pharmacy technician attempted to bill her insurance, but the drug required prior authorization. What do you do next? What are the elements of a prior authorization process?
                              • Williams comes to your pharmacy complaining about edema (swelling due to excess fluid). He has been taking sodium polystyrene sulfonate (SPS). His doctor asks you, the pharmacist, to recommend an alternative to SPS because of the sodium load concern. What would your response be? What would you recommend to replace SPS?

                              Acute and chronic hyperkalemia continue to present as major medical dilemmas for healthcare professionals. There is no universally accepted guideline to treat them, and there is no universally accepted classification and monitoring frequency for hyperkalemia. Newer potassium binders, such as patiromer and sodium zirconium cyclosilicate (SZC), may allow optimal use of renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system inhibitor (RAASi) therapy in patients with hyperkalemia. However, these newer therapies are costly alternatives to traditional treatment.

                              Helping patients navigate the health insurance prior authorization process to seek coverage is a challenging task for pharmacists and pharmacy technicians. If a patient comes to your pharmacy with a prescription for a potassium binder, are you fully equipped to provide the patient with information regarding dosing, storage, and insurance authorization?

                              Simply put, hyperkalemia is a general medical term that describes a higher-than-normal potassium level in the blood. Normally, a person’s extracellular (outside the cells/in the blood) potassium concentration falls between 3.5 to 5 mmol/L. Mild, moderate, and marked hyperkalemia are defined as potassium levels between 5 to 5.9 mmol/L, 6 to 7 mmol/L, and exceeding 7.0 mmol/L, respectively. While mild hyperkalemia requires monitoring and diet restriction, moderate and severe hyperkalemia may cause cardiac complications.2

                               

                              Epidemiology of Hyperkalemia

                              Hyperkalemia is a common occurrence. A 2016 American study of 194,456 outpatients found that over a 3-year period, 10.8% of patients had potassium levels greater than 5 mEq/L and 2.3% of the patients had potassium levels greater than 5.5 mEq/L.3 A 2017 study conducted in a large Swedish healthcare system followed 364,955 participants over three years.4 The researchers defined hyperkalemia as potassium exceeding 5 mmol/L and moderate/severe hyperkalemia as potassium exceeding 5.5 mmol/L. Hyperkalemia occurred in 25,461 individuals (7%), and 9,059 individuals (2.5%) had moderate/severe hyperkalemia.4

                               

                              Elevated potassium levels are more common in patients with chronic kidney disease (CKD) than in patients without CKD. One study involving four clinical centers and 820 patients in the United States (U.S.) found that 8% of patients with CKD had hyperkalemia.5 A study involving 55,266 patients with glomerular filtration rate (GFR) less than 60 (an indicator of kidney dysfunction) enrolled in a managed care organization in the U.S. found that 5% of patients had potassium levels at or exceeding 5.5 mEq/L and 20% experienced potassium levels at or exceeding 5 mEq/L.5 A French study involving 1,038 patients found that 17% of those with stage 2 through 5 CKD had potassium levels at or exceeding 5 mEq/L.5 An additional study that enrolled 36,359 patients with stage 3 or 4 CKD found that 3% had potassium levels at or exceeding 5 mEq/L.5

                              Hyperkalemia’s History

                              Sir Humphry Davy at the Royal Institution in London first isolated potassium in 1807 using electrolysis of dry molten caustic potash (KOH, potassium hydroxide). Potassium is an alkali metal and silvery-white in color. It consists of 19 electrons and 19 protons. At 20°C, it has a density of 0.862 g/cm. Potassium is present in all meats, plants, and dairy products and is abundant in fruits and vegetables.6

                               

                              Potassium is important for maintaining cellular function. All cells have a sodium-potassium ATPase (Na+ -K+ ATPase) exchanger, which is partially responsible for maintaining the membrane potential. This serves as a basis for conduction of nerve impulse and stabilization of blood pressure.7 A diet rich in potassium has been associated with reducing blood pressure, lowering the risk of stroke and nephrolithiasis (kidney stones), and improving bone health.

                               

                              The body maintains potassium homeostasis through various means. Total body potassium content is achieved by alterations in renal (kidney) excretion of potassium in response to potassium intake. Insulin and beta-adrenergic tone (responsiveness of the autonomic nervous system) help regulate extracellular and intracellular content of potassium.7 In short, extreme low and high potassium levels are not compatible with life.

                               

                              PAUSE and PONDER: Did you know that a higher-than-normal potassium level (hyperkalemia) can cause neuromuscular symptoms such as muscle cramps and cardiovascular symptoms such as irregular heartbeat? What causes hyperkalemia?

                               

                              Causes and Clinical Manifestations

                              Hyperkalemia has many causes, including but not limited to, tissue injury, insulin deficiency, exercise, medications, and excess dietary potassium intake8,9:

                              • Trauma, massive hemolysis (destruction of red blood cells), and tumor lysis (rapid breakdown of cancer cells) may cause tissue injury, which in turn may cause hyperkalemia.
                              • Insulin deficiency may cause hyperkalemia. Insulin regulates glucose concentration in the plasma and also causes potassium to move into cells until the kidneys have sufficient time to excrete the dietary potassium load and re-establish total-body potassium content.
                              • During exercise, potassium is released from skeletal muscle cells and accumulates in the interstitial compartment (a small space in a tissue or between parts of the body), where it exerts a vasodilatory effect (widening of blood vessels).
                              • Medications may cause hyperkalemia by interfering with the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system (RAAS). RAAS is a normal cascade that functions in the homeostatic control of arterial pressure, tissue perfusion, and extracellular volume. While many medications may offer cardiovascular benefits by deregulating the RAAS, they can cause concurrent hyperkalemia because the RAAS facilitates potassium excretion in the kidneys.
                              • Medications such as nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), beta-blockers (e.g., atenolol, metoprolol, propranolol), cyclosporine, and tacrolimus may cause hyperkalemia by impairing the release of renin.
                              • Angiotensin-converting-enzyme inhibitors (ACEi) such as benazepril, captopril, enalapril, lisinopril, perindopril, and quinapril block the formation of angiotensin II. Angiotensin-receptor blockers (ARBs) such as azilsartan, candesartan, irbesartan, losartan, olmesartan, telmisartan, and valsartan prevent angiotensin II from binding to its adrenal receptor. Both mechanisms contribute to the development of hyperkalemia.
                              • Heparin causes hyperkalemia by interfering with aldosterone biosynthesis in the adrenal gland.
                              • Amiloride, pentamidine, triamterene, and trimethoprim block sodium reabsorption in the collecting tubule and reduce the negative potential of the lumen. By doing so, they reduce potassium secretion from the kidneys.
                              • Spironolactone and eplerenone prevent aldosterone from binding with its receptor and increase the likelihood of hyperkalemia.

                              Excess potassium intake contributes the development of hyperkalemia. Table 1 lists foods and their elemental potassium contents. Patients with CKD should adhere to a low potassium diet, but patients often find this difficult in real-world scenarios.10 In addition, potassium-rich diets (foods with more than 200 mg per serving are considered potassium-rich) have numerous health benefits including blood pressure reduction, reduction in risk of CKD progression, and cardiovascular disease and stroke prevention. A low potassium diet may present a treatment dilemma because it may prevent patients from receiving these benefits.10

                              To prevent hyperkalemia, limited dietary potassium intake is necessary. Patients who are diagnosed with hyperkalemia or at risk of developing hyperkalemia should limit potassium intake from all sources including food, salt substitutes, and supplements to about 40 to 60 mEq (mmol) per day.11

                               

                              Table 1. Potassium Content of Selected Common Food and Salt Substitutes12

                              Food Elemental Potassium Content
                              Milligrams (mg) Milliequivalents (mEq)*
                              Milk 350 9
                              Apricot (5) 480 12
                              Avocado 300 7-10
                              Banana 451 12
                              Cantaloupe (1/4) 412 11
                              Kiwi 252 6
                              Nectarine 288 7
                              Orange 300 7
                              Papaya (1/4) 390 10
                              Peach 305 8
                              Prunes, 5 dried 365 9
                              Raisins (1/2 cup) 553 14
                              Watermelon (1/16) 560 14
                              Juices (serving size 4oz = 1/2 cup = 120ml)
                              Apple juice 148 4
                              Grapefruit juice 210 6
                              Orange juice, frozen 252 7
                              Pineapple juice 148 4
                              Prune juice 301 8
                              Tomato juice 225 6
                              Nuts (serving size 1oz = 30 g)
                              Almonds, dry roasted 210 5
                              Cashews 187 4
                              Salt substitutes (serving size ¼ cup)
                              Examples: NoSalt, Nu-Salt 610-795 15-20
                              Vegetables (Serving size 8 oz = 1 cup = 240ml)
                              Acorn squash, cooked 896 23
                              Beets 530 13
                              Broccoli, frozen, cooked 332 9
                              Brussel sprouts, cooked 494 13
                              Butternut squash, cooked 583 15
                              Collards, frozen, cooked 427 11
                              Kidney beans, cooked 713 18
                              Lentil, cooked 731 19
                              Lettuce, 1 head Boston 419 10
                              Mushrooms 550 14
                              Pinto beans, cooked 800 20
                              Potato, baked with skin 844 21
                              Potato without skin 600 15
                              Pumpkin, canned 506 12
                              Soybeans, cooked 972 24
                              Spinach, raw or cooked 838 21
                              Split peas, cooked 710 18
                              Sweet potato, baked with skin 350 9
                              Tomato 251-273 7
                              White navy beans, cooked 669 18
                              Zucchini, cooked, sliced 456 12

                              *Also equivalent to millimoles (mmol)

                               

                              PAUSE AND PONDER: In a reported case, an individual chewed and ingested burnt match heads in a condition called cautopyreiophagia. This activity resulted in a plasma potassium concentration of 8 mmol/L and contributed 80 mmol of daily potassium intake. What signs of hyperkalemia did he probably experience?

                              Hyperkalemia is usually asymptomatic. However, neuromuscular and cardiac abnormalities may develop as hyperkalemia worsens. Neuromuscular manifestations of hyperkalemia can include paresthesia (tingling or prickling) and fasciculations (muscle twitching) in the arms and legs.8 Severe hyperkalemia can cause paralysis that leads to flaccid quadriplegia (paralysis of all four limbs).8 In addition to neuromuscular abnormalities, hyperkalemia may lead to electrocardiogram (ECG) changes. Hyperkalemia causes ECG changes in a dose-dependent manner 13:

                              • Potassium levels between 5.5 to 6.5 mEq/L: ECG will show tall, peaked T waves
                              • Potassium levels between 6.5 to 7.5 mEq/L: ECG will show loss of P waves
                              • Potassium levels between 7 to 8 mEq/L: ECG will show widening of the QRS complex
                              • Potassium levels between 8 to 10 mEq/L: ECG will produce cardiac arrhythmias, sine wave pattern, and asystole

                               

                              These cardiac abnormalities can lead to dysrhythmias and death.13

                              TREATING HYPERKALEMIA

                              In acute hyperkalemia, patients with potassium levels exceeding 6 mmol/L or patients have who hyperkalemia with any new ECG changes should be referred to a healthcare facility with cardiac monitoring. Kidney Disease: Improving Global Outcomes (KDIGO) recommends monitoring vital signs and cardiac changes.14 In hyperkalemic patients with ECG changes, KDIGO recommends treatment with calcium chloride, insulin, and beta-agonists. In patients with concomitant metabolic acidemia (lower blood pH), KDIGO recommends sodium bicarbonate. Subsequently, KDIGO considers the use of potassium-binding drugs and loop diuretics. KDIGO suggests dialysis in cases of persistently elevated potassium concentrations exceeding 6 mmol/L or ECG changes that are unresponsive to medical management.14

                              Treatment of Acute Hyperkalemia

                              Acute hyperkalemia is generally defined as a serum potassium concentration exceeding the upper limit of normal that is not known to be chronic.14 Currently, clinicians use no universal classification or monitoring for hyperkalemia. Similarly, no universally accepted treatment guidelines for acute and chronic hyperkalemia exist. Clinicians should not initiate treatment of acute hyperkalemia solely based on serum level of hyperkalemia; they should also consider patients’ clinical manifestations (e.g., ECG changes). Treatment options for acute hyperkalemia may include intravenous calcium gluconate, insulin, inhaled beta-agonists, intravenous sodium bicarbonate, and dialysis. Table 2 expounds on these treatment options.11

                               

                              Table 2. A Summary of Treatment Options for Acute Hyperkalemia11

                              Treatment Option Dosage Advantage(s) Disadvantage(s)
                              Intravenous calcium gluconate 1 gram via IV piggyback (small bag of solution attached to primary infusion line). Repeat in 5 minutes if needed Fast onset Dose not lower potassium level, only normalizes ECG changes
                              Intravenous insulin 5–10 units or 0.1 units/kg, maximum 10 units Fast onset, most reliable treatment Usually given with dextrose to minimize hypoglycemia
                              Inhaled beta-agonists (e.g., albuterol) 10–20 mg via nebulizer Fast onset Inconsistent effect, nonselective beta-blockers such as propranolol and sotalol may be less effective
                              Intravenous sodium bicarbonate 50 mEq, which is equivalent to 50 ml of 8.4 % sodium bicarbonate over 5 minutes. Repeat in 30 minutes as needed Work best with acidosis (pH < 7.2) Variable onset of action
                              Dialysis Treatment given daily or a few days a week Reliable treatment to remove waste, effective method to attain norkalemia Extensive equipment and knowledge required to conduct treatment

                              ECG, electrocardiogram; IV, intravenous.

                              Intravenous calcium gluconate for acute hyperkalemia works by stabilizing membrane potential and normalizing ECG changes to prevents irregular heart rhythm. However, it does not lower serum potassium levels. It’s duration of effect ranges from 15 minutes to one hour. It may cause adverse effects such as local irritation, hypercalcemia (elevated calcium levels), hypotension (low blood pressure), and bradycardia (slowed heart rate). If no effect is observed in five minutes, another dose may be given.10

                              Intravenous insulin works by shifting potassium from extracellular to intracellular space. It has an onset of 15 to 30 minutes and a duration of four to six hours. It may cause hypoglycemia (low blood sugar) and hypokalemia (low potassium levels). Clinicians typically give intravenous insulin with glucose to prevent hypoglycemia during acute hyperkalemia treatment.10

                              Inhaled beta-agonists act within 30 minutes to redistribute potassium from the extracellular to intracellular space. It has an onset of 30 to 60 minutes and duration of effect from two to four hours. Adverse effects include tachycardia (elevated heart rate), tremor, vasoconstriction (narrowing of blood vessels), and hyperglycemia.10

                              Intravenous sodium bicarbonate is another option to treat acute hyperkalemia. It lowers serum potassium levels by increasing potassium elimination through the urine. It has an onset of action of 30 minutes to four hours and a duration of effect of approximately two hours. Possible adverse events include hypocalcemia, metabolic alkalosis (elevated blood pH), hypernatremia (elevated sodium), fluid overload, worsening hypertension, and heart failure.10

                              Patients may receive one of two types of dialysis: peritoneal dialysis or hemodialysis. Peritoneal dialysis uses the lining of the abdominal cavity to filter body waste. A surgeon places a catheter in the abdominal cavity. The dialysis solution enters the abdominal cavity through the catheter and will drain out of the abdominal cavity. Hemodialysis, uses a machine to remove excess water and waste products. A machine removes blood from the body and infuses it through a filter. A dialysate solution flows on the other side of the membrane and draws impurities from the blood. Dialysis is an effective treatment for hyperkalemia.15

                              Pause and Ponder: SPS used to be the “gold standard” in treating chronic hyperkalemia. What are the newer potassium binders? Are they safe and effective?

                              Treatment of Chronic Hyperkalemia

                              Chronic hyperkalemia is defined as recurrent episodes of elevated serum potassium concentrations.10 Treatment options include loop diuretics, RAASi dose modification, identification and removal of hyperkalemia-causing medications, and potassium binders.10

                              Loop diuretics—often used for other indications, such as hypertension and heart failure—increase urinary potassium excretion at the collecting duct of the kidney. Providers commonly use furosemide, a loop diuretic, in chronic hyperkalemia. They often prescribe them with thiazides, ACEIs, and ARBs. However, loop diuretics have their limitations. They may cause volume depletion (reduced blood volume) and their effectiveness declines as renal function declines.11

                              Another treatment option for chronic hyperkalemia is the modification of dosage or interruption of RAASi therapy. No generally accepted guidelines regarding this strategy in patients who experience hyperkalemia exist. However, the European Society of Cardiology recommends patients continue or titrate RAASi treatment to optimal doses in the event of mild hyperkalemia levels between 5.1 and 5.5 mEq/L and moderate hyperkalemia levels between 5.6 and 6 mEq/L.16

                              Potassium binders—including SPS, SZC, and patiromer—are one of the most promising treatments for chronic hyperkalemia. In general terms, a patient will consume fluids with potassium binders. Potassium binders bind to potassium in the bowel and exchange with calcium, sodium and/or hydrogen, usually at the colon. The body will then excrete the potassium in the feces.17 Table 3 displays onset of action, mechanism of action, and common adverse effects of potassium binders.10 Note that all potassium binders have a relatively slow onset of action, making them inadequate therapies for acute hyperkalemia.

                               

                              Table 3. Selected Characteristics of Available Potassium Binders10, 20, 18, 19

                              Drug Onset of Action Mechanism of Action Adverse Effects Usual adult starting dose
                              Patiromer 7 hours Potassium binding in exchange for calcium in GI tract Abdominal discomfort, constipation, diarrhea, nausea, flatulence, hypomagnesemia 8.4 grams orally once daily
                              Sodium zirconium cyclosilicate (SZC) 1–6 hours Potassium binding in exchange for hydrogen and sodium in GI tract Constipation, diarrhea, nausea, vomiting, mild-to-moderate edema 5 grams orally once daily
                              Sodium polystyrene sulfonate (SPS)

                               

                              2-6 hours Potassium binding in exchange for sodium in GI tract constipation, diarrhea, nausea, vomiting, gastric irritation, hypomagnesemia, hypocalcemia, edema, hypokalemia, systemic alkalosis, intestinal necrosis

                               

                              15 to 60 grams orally daily

                              GI, gastrointestinal.

                               

                              SPS, approved by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) in 1958, has been the “gold standard” and the lone potassium binder for several decades. Its mechanism of action is potassium binding in exchange for sodium in the gastrointestinal (GI) tract. However, its adverse effect profile is unfavorable and erratic. In fact, the FDA issued a warning for SPS regarding the risk of colonic necrosis (tissue death) and other GI adverse effects when used with sorbitol in 2009.10

                              Patiromer is a potassium binder approved by the FDA in 2015. It works by binding potassium in exchange for calcium in the GI tract. To date, it has not caused serious adverse effects. Most of the adverse effects are GI disorders (e.g., constipation).10 Approved in 2018 by the FDA, SZC is the newest potassium binder. Its mechanism of action differs from patiromer. It binds potassium in exchange for hydrogen and sodium in the GI tract and its main site of action is in the small and large intestines. No serious adverse effects have been reported. Adverse effects are mild and usually GI disorders such as constipation.10 Veltassa (patiromer) comes in single-use packets containing 1 gram, 8.4 grams, 16.8 grams, or 25.2 grams. User should store Veltassa in the refrigerator at 2°C to 8°C (36°F to 46°F).20

                              Lokelma (SZC) comes in packets containing 5 grams or 10 grams. User should store Lokelma at 15°C to 30°C (59°F to 86°F).18

                              COMPARING PATIROMER AND SZC

                              Patiromer and SZC are safe and effective treatments for chronic hyperkalemia. They allow for continuance and optimal doses of RAASi in patients who develop hyperkalemia secondary to RAASi use. They also enable patients to experience optimal hemodialysis outcomes and can ease the dietary potassium restriction. Providers select a potassium binder based on safety and efficacy, cost, insurance coverage, and roles in the treatment of chronic hyperkalemia, which are discussed in detail below.

                              Cost and Insurance Coverage

                              Newer potassium binders are costly alternatives to traditional drugs for hyperkalemia. Table 4 lists their estimated out-of-pocket costs as of December, 25, 2023 according to GoodRx. The cost difference between patiromer and SZC is relatively small.21

                              Table 4. Estimated Out-of-Pocket Costs of Patiromer and SZC22

                              Drug Units Cost
                              Patiromer 8.4 g x 4 Packs $ 181.53
                              8.4 g x 30 Packs $ 940.61 – 989.34
                              16.8 g x 30 Packs $ 940.61 – 989.34
                              25.2 g x 30 Packs $ 940.61 – 989.34
                              Sodium zirconium cyclosilicate (SZC) 10 g x 11 $ 289.27 – 324.67
                              10 g x 30 $ 782.16 – 871.05
                              5 g x 11 $ 289.40 – 324.67
                              5 g x 30 $ 781.61 – 782.16

                               

                              Typical monthly costs associated with patiromer and SZC might be unaffordable for many Americans. However, the vast majority of patients have health plan coverage. (Note that the insurance discussions below are current as of January 2023.)

                              The Humana website reveals that some Humana Medicare plans cover all doses of patiromer at tier 3 (i.e., they are covered with a prior authorization), while some plans cover only select doses of SZC. These Humana plans include, but are not limited to, Humana Gold Plus HMO H5619-150, Humana Community H7621-002, Humana Gold Plus HMO H5619-148, Humana Walmart Value Rx Plan PDP, Humana Basic Rx Plan PDP, and Humana Premier Rx Plan PDP.23 (Note that an HMO is a type of insurance with a network of contracted physicians and a PDP is a Medicare Part D prescription drug plan.)

                              A cursory check on Scan Health Plans website reveals that Scan Medicare plans appear to cover all doses of patiromer at tier 3, while SZC is not on formulary. These Scan health plans include but are not limited to, Village Health, Scan Classic, and Scan Venture. These plans require a prior authorization on patiromer.24

                              The Wellcare website indicates that Wellcare Medicare plans cover patiromer at tier 3 without a prior authorization. These plans include but are not limited to Wellcare Classic PDP, Wellcare Value Script PDP, and Wellcare Medicare RX Value Plus PDP. Interestingly, the Wellcare Dual Align 129 plan covers SZC at tier 1 and it requires no prior authorization. It’s important to remember that a covered drug does not mean free. Patiromer’s yearly copay costs (what a patient is required to pay) may exceed $2000, and SZC can cost patients more than $1000 annually.25

                              Manufacturers of both SZC and patiromer offer $0 per month copay savings cards. To use these cards, patients must have commercial insurance that does not cover the full prescription cost or be uninsured and responsible for the full prescription cost. Patients who are ineligible for these savings cards include those who are26,27

                              • enrolled in Medicare Part D, Medicaid, Medigap, Veterans Affairs, Department of Defense programs, or TriCare
                              • Medicare eligible and enrolled in an employer-sponsored group waiver health plan or government-subsidized prescription drug benefit program for retirees

                              Pharmacy staff can assist cash-paying patients without insurance contact drug manufacturers to inquire about their patient assistance programs.

                              Breaking Down the Prior Authorization Process

                              As noted, some health insurance plans require a prior authorization to cover the newer potassium binders such as patiromer and SZC. This means the insurance company requires extra steps to determine whether a specific medical treatment, procedure, medication, or service is medically necessary and covered under a patient's health insurance plan. Pharmacists and pharmacy technicians can initiate the prior authorization process. Familiarity with the prior authorization process for various insurance plans is imperative for pharmacy staff. Although insurance plans have different forms and requirements within the prior authorization process, the basic steps are the same.

                              The major steps of the prior authorization process are as follows:

                              1. Download prior authorization forms from the insurance company website to determine what they require
                              2. Collect laboratory values, medical history, diagnosis, medical justification, drug history, rationale for request, and other pertinent patient information
                              3. Complete the prior authorization forms
                              4. Fax completed prior authorization forms to the insurance company or upload them via online platforms
                              5. Start the appeal process if denied

                              Pharmacists can enlist pharmacy technicians’ help to perform most or all of these steps.

                              The prior authorization process can take up anywhere from one day to more than a week. It is important to explain to patients that a prior authorization requirement does not mean a medication is not covered. It simply means that the insurance company might need more information before it covers the medication.

                              Pharmacy staff can sometimes initiate an appeal process if the insurer denies the medication. The most common reason for rejection/denial is insufficient supporting information. The other common reason for rejection/denial is drug class exclusion. For example, some Medicare part D plans do not cover certain drug classes. Once the provider or pharmacy submits an appeal, the insurance company usually takes one to two days to respond. Remember that manufacturer sponsored patient assistance programs can help patients who cannot afford the copay and patients who do not have insurance, and pharmacy staff can help patients with enrollment.

                              Table 5 lists the contact information for selected insurance plans. However, most tasks or inquiries can be handled online.

                              Table 5. Contact Information on Selected Insurance Plans28,23,24,25

                              Plan Department Phone number
                              Humana Humana Clinical Pharmacy Review Department 800-555-2546
                              Express Scripts Express Scripts Coverage Review Department

                               

                              800- 753-2851
                              Scan Medical Reviews Department 844-424-8886
                              WellCare Pharmacy Appeals Department 855-538-0453

                               

                              Safety and Efficacy of Patiromer

                              The phase 2, multicenter, open-label, randomized AMETHSYT-DN trial determined patiromer starting doses for a phase 3 study and evaluated the long-term safety and efficacy of patiromer in 306 outpatients with hyperkalemia. The mean reduction from baseline in serum potassium level at week 4 or time of first dose titration in patients with mild hyperkalemia was 0.35, 0.51, and 0.55 mEq/L for groups starting at 4.2 g twice daily, 8.4 g twice daily, and 12.6 g twice daily, respectively.29 For patients with moderate hyperkalemia, the reduction was 0.87, 0.97, and 0.92 mEq/L for patients starting at 8.4 g twice daily, 12.6 g twice daily, and 16.8 g twice daily, respectively.29

                              From week four through week 52, AMETHYST-DN researchers observed statistically significant mean decreases in serum potassium levels. Over the 52-week-long trial, hypomagnesemia (7.2%) was the most common treatment-related adverse event and mild to moderate constipation (6.3%) was the most common GI adverse event. The researchers concluded that patiromer starting doses of 4.2 to 16.8 g twice daily resulted in statistically significant decreases in serum potassium levels after four weeks of treatment, lasting through 52 weeks.29

                              The OPAL-HK clinical trial assessed the safety and efficacy of patiromer with an initial treatment phase and a withdrawal phase.30 Among 237 patients in the initial treatment phase, the mean change in serum potassium level was -1.01 mmol per liter. Among 107 patients in the randomized withdrawal phase, the median increase in potassium levels from baseline of that phase was greater with placebo than with patiromer. The most common adverse effect in the initial treatment phase was constipation (11%), followed by diarrhea (3%), hypomagnesemia (3%), and nausea (3%). The most common adverse effects of the randomized withdrawal phase in the patiromer group were headache, supraventricular extra systoles (heart rhythm irregularities), constipation, diarrhea, and nausea; all occurred in 4% of all patients.30

                              Safety and Efficacy of SZC

                              The phase 3, multicenter, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled HARMONIZE clinical trial evaluated SZC’s efficacy and safety for 28 days in outpatients with hyperkalemia at 44 sites in the U.S., Australia, and South Africa over six months.31 Patients received 10 g of SZC three times daily in the initial 48-hour open-label phase. Of the 258 patients, 237 patients achieved normokalaemia (normal potassium levels) with levels between 3.5 and 5 mEq/L and were randomized to receive SZC 5 g, 10 g, or 15 g or placebo daily for 28 days. In the open-label phase, serum potassium levels declined from 5.6 mEq/L at baseline to 4.5 mEq/L at 48 hours. In the randomized phase, serum potassium was significantly lower during days 8 through 29 with all SZC doses compared to placebo. Adverse events were comparable between SZC and placebo. Edema occurred more often in the 15 g group. Compared with placebo, all three doses of SZC resulted in lower potassium levels and a higher proportion of patients with normal potassium levels for up to 28 days.31

                              The double-blind, placebo-controlled, phase 3b multicenter DIALIZE study evaluated SZC for the management of hyperkalemia in patients undergoing hemodialysis.32 The researchers randomized adults with end-stage renal disease (ESRD) who were managed with hemodialysis three times weekly to SZC or placebo. These patients had pre-dialysis hyperkalemia and received SZC 5 g once daily on non-dialysis days. The researchers titrated doses to maintain normokalaemia over four weeks in 5 g increments to a maximum of 15 g. About 41.2% of patients in the SZC group responded to treatment compared with 1% of the 99 patients receiving placebo. Serious adverse events occurred in 7.3% of patients in the SZC group and 8.1 % of patients in the placebo group.32

                              CASE STUDIES

                              Hyperkalemia usually occurs as a result of other illnesses. Certain medical conditions such as advanced stages of CKD, heart failure, hypertension, diabetes, myocardial infarction, and/or any combinations of these conditions increase the risk of hyperkalemia.10 Treating the underlying diseases may alleviate the severity of hyperkalemia. While it’s critical to treat the whole patient, certain comorbidities are of utmost importance, including those imposing the greatest risks of morbidity and mortality. The key is to prioritize treatments according to the risks. Heart diseases, stroke, diabetes, and kidney diseases ranked first, fifth, eighth, and tenth, respectively, in the top 10 leading causes of death in the U.S. in 2021.33

                              Case Study #1

                              Joan Smith is a female patient born on June 18, 1956. She has been diagnosed with type 2 diabetes, ESRD, osteoarthritis, hypertension, atrial fibrillation, and hyperkalemia. Dr. Bach contacted the pharmacist to conduct a comprehensive medication therapy management (MTM) and suggest an alternative to replace SPS.

                              Below is a list of selected recent lab values for Joan:

                              Item Result Units Interval
                              A1C 9.6 (H) N/A < 6.5
                              BUN 28 (H) mg/dL 8 – 27
                              Creatinine 2.3 (H) mg/dL 0.76 – 1.27
                              Potassium 5.3 (H) mmol/L 3.5 – 5.2
                              Sodium 145 (H) mmol/L 134 – 144
                              Chloride 99 mmol/L 96 – 106
                              Carbon dioxide 26 mmol/L 20 – 29
                              Calcium 9.1 mg/dL 8.6 – 10.2
                              Protein, total 8.2 (H) g/dL 6.8 – 8.0
                              Albumin (A) 5.0 (H) g/dL 3.8 – 4.8
                              Globulin (G), total 3.3 g/dL 1.5 – 4.5
                              A/G ratio 1.6 N/A 1.2 – 2.2
                              Bilirubin, total 0.4 mg/dL < 1.2

                              A1C, hemoglobin A1C; BUN, blood urea nitrogen.

                              Joan is taking the following medications:

                              • NPH/regular human insulin 70/30 50 units subcutaneously twice daily
                              • Lisinopril 20 mg orally once daily
                              • SPS 60 mL orally as needed
                              • Nephro-Vite 1 tablet orally once daily
                              • Apixaban 5 mg orally twice daily
                              • Aspirin 81 mg orally once daily
                              • Ibuprofen 600 mg orally three times daily

                               

                              Joan’s A1C is out of range, so she would benefit from tighter blood sugar control. The pharmacist recommended changing NPH/regular human insulin (70/30) to lispro 16 units subcutaneously three times daily before meals and glargine 50 units subcutaneously once daily at bedtime. For Joan’s osteoarthritis, changing ibuprofen to acetaminophen 650 mg by mouth every eight hours is prudent because ibuprofen, an NSAID, may precipitate the development of hyperkalemia. While NSAIDs are not contraindicated in patients with kidney disease, clinicians should use the lowest dose possible for the shortest duration and avoid using NSAIDs at all in patients with severe kidney disease. Clinicians can consider a topical NSAID for mild osteoarthritis pain in smaller joints.34 Joan had mild hyperkalemia as indicated by her laboratory result. Her elevated BUN and creatinine values indicate that her renal function is insufficient. Joan’s sodium level is also elevated at 145 mmol/L. Both SPS and SZC can cause sodium overload, so they might not be the most appropriate choice for Joan. It may not be prudent to discontinue or reduce Joan’s lisinopril dose (RAASi therapy). Joan was advised to follow up with Dr. Bach at the next office visit.

                              After a thorough teleconference with Dr. Bach, the pharmacist recommends starting patiromer with an initial dose of 8.4 g once daily after discontinuing the SPS. Upon consultation with the patient and her caregiver, the technician reminds them to store patiromer in the refrigerator at 2°C to 8°C (36°F to 46°F). If stored at room temperature (25°C ± 2C° [77°F ± 4°F]), they must use the patiromer within three months. For either storage condition, they must not use patiromer after the expiration date printed on the packet and avoid exposing it to excessive heat greater than 40°C (104°F).20

                              In addition, the pharmacist inquired about Joan’s use of over-the-counter herbal medications. The pharmacist informed Joan that certain herbal medications or supplements such as noni juice may cause or exacerbate hyperkalemia.35 Unconventional over-the-counter traditional Chinese medicines such as dried skin of toads (Chinese name: Chan Su) may cause poisoning and result in hyperkalemia.36

                              Case study #2

                              John Williams is a male patient born on August 29, 1965. He has been diagnosed with hyperkalemia, ESRD, hyperlipidemia, type 2 diabetes, erectile dysfunction, hypertension, and heart failure. His most recent lab values are presented below.

                              Item Result Units Interval
                              A1C 11.1 (H) N/A < 6.5
                              BUN 29 (H) mg/dL 8 – 27
                              Creatinine 2.45 (H) mg/dL 0.76 – 1.27
                              Potassium 4.8 mmol/L 3.5 – 5.2
                              Sodium 135 mmol/L 134 – 144
                              Chloride 98 mmol/L 96 – 106
                              Carbon dioxide 27 mmol/L 20 – 29
                              Calcium 11.0 (H) mg/dL 8.6 – 10.2
                              Protein, total 8.2 (H) g/dL 6.8 – 8.0
                              Albumin (A) 5.1 (H) g/dL 3.8 – 4.8
                              Globulin (G), total 3.4 g/dL 1.5 – 4.5
                              A/G ratio 1.5 N/A 1.2 – 2.2
                              Bilirubin, total 0.5 mg/dL < 1.2

                              A1C, hemoglobin A1C; BUN, blood urea nitrogen.

                              John is taking the following medications:

                              • Patiromer 16.8 mg orally once daily
                              • Metoprolol succinate ER 100 mg orally once daily
                              • Simvastatin 40 mg orally once daily
                              • Sildenafil 50 mg orally as needed for sexual activity
                              • Sacubitril-valsartan 97-103 mg orally twice daily
                              • Spironolactone 100 mg orally once daily
                              • Insulin glargine 40 units subcutaneously at bedtime
                              • Insulin lispro 14 units subcutaneously 15 minutes before each meal
                              • Semaglutide 2 mg subcutaneously once weekly
                              • Empagliflozin 25 mg orally once daily
                              • Calcifediol 30 mg orally once daily

                               

                              John first experienced high sodium levels while on SPS due to the sodium load per dose. Subsequently, John was prescribed patiromer and experienced stomach upset. Dr. Kidd contacts the pharmacist to conduct a comprehensive MTM and suggest an alternative to replace patiromer.

                              John’s potassium level was within range and his condition has been stable. However, the calcium level (11.0 mg/dL) is elevated. Patiromer might not be the most appropriate choice. The pharmacist recommended considering SZC. John can start on an initial dose of 10 g orally 3 times daily for 48 hours, followed by 10 g once daily thereafter. Sacubitril-valsartan (RAASi therapy) reduces the risk of hospitalization and spironolactone substantially lowers the risk of both morbidity and death among patients with severe heart failure.37 As a result, the pharmacist recommended that John remain on sacubitril-valsartan and spironolactone as prescribed.

                              John’s glucose level (A1C) was out of range at 11.1. He would benefit from continuous glucose monitoring (CGM). The pharmacist introduced a commercially available CGM device to John and encouraged him to monitor his glucose level after meals, at bedtime, and at any time John feels there is a need to monitor. To reach A1C target, John should titrate his basal insulin (glargine) by increasing 2 units every three days and prandial insulin (lispro) by 1 to 2 units twice weekly without hypoglycemia.

                              The pharmacist asked John about the use of salt substitutes and advised him that some salt substitutes may cause hyperkalemia. Regarding erectile dysfunction, John stated that sildenafil was, “…working somewhat but I need a bit more help. My sex life is not what it used to be. Maybe I can purchase something over-the-counter to spice it up!” The pharmacist discouraged the use of commercially available over-the-counter aphrodisiacs containing digoxin-like substances. Atrial fibrillation, ventricular fibrillation, and death have been reported with their use.38

                              CONCLUSION

                              No universally accepted guidelines exist for monitoring and classification of hyperkalemia. Similarly, no universally accepted guidelines exist for dosage modification of RAASi therapy. When selecting drugs to treat hyperkalemia, healthcare professionals should consider factors such as co-existing diseases, duration of action, onset of action, cost, drug interactions, food interactions, cardiovascular benefits, and renal benefits. Newer potassium binders may help optimize RAASi therapy and provide a safe and reliable chronic hyperkalemia treatment option. The use of these newer potassium binders and the optimal use of RAASi therapy may improve cardiovascular outcomes.

                               

                              Pharmacist Post Test (for viewing only)

                              ACUTE AND CHRONIC HYPERKALEMIA: TREATMENT OPTIONS, POTASSIUM BINDERS, AND CLINICAL CASES
                              Pharmacist Post-test

                              Learning Objectives
                              After taking the continuing education activity, pharmacists will be able to
                              • Identify foods that cause hyperkalemia
                              • List medications that cause hyperkalemia
                              • Compare and contrast medications that manage acute and chronic hyperkalemia
                              • Determine the best agent to manage hyperkalemia in each case study

                              1. Which of the following juices (serving size = 120 ml) contains the MOST potassium?
                              A. Apple juice
                              B. Pineapple juice
                              C. Prune juice

                              2. Which of the following medications is known to cause hyperkalemia?
                              A. Acetaminophen
                              B. Losartan
                              C. Amlodipine

                              3. Jerry Smith is a 55-year-old male patient with a potassium level of 5.5 mEq/L. He is on hydralazine 100 mg three times daily for heart failure. Jerry has occasional episodes of edema in his lower extremities. Dr. Gore, Jerry’s cardiologist, asks you, the pharmacist, to recommend a potassium binder. Which of the following potassium binders is the most appropriate treatment?
                              A. Sodium polystyrene sulfonate
                              B. Sodium zirconium cyclosilicate
                              C. Patiromer

                              4. Which of the following adverse effects is the most concerning regarding sodium polystyrene sulfonate when used with sorbitol?
                              A. Constipation
                              B. Edema
                              C. Colonic necrosis

                              5. Which of the following foods contains the MOST potassium?
                              A. One whole orange
                              B. One whole peach
                              C. One whole nectarine

                              6. Which one of the following medications can cause hyperkalemia?
                              A. IV calcium gluconate
                              B. Insulin glargine
                              C. Beta-blockers

                              7. Melissa Kennedy is a 60-year-old female patient with acute hyperkalemia (potassium level > 6.5 mEq/L). Her ECG shows loss of P waves. Dr. Patel would like to start treatment. However, Dr. Patel is concerned with the accompanying metabolic acidosis. Which of the following acute hyperkalemia treatments is the MOST appropriate?
                              A. Intravenous sodium bicarbonate
                              B. Inhaled beta-agonist
                              C. Intravenous calcium gluconate

                              8. Which of the following treatments is BEST for acute hyperkalemia?
                              A. Potassium binders
                              B. Sodium zirconium cyclosilicate (SZC)
                              C. Intravenous insulin

                              9. Which of the following potassium binders exchanges potassium for calcium in the GI tract?
                              A. Sodium polystyrene sulfonate
                              B. Sodium zirconium cyclosilicate
                              C. Patiromer

                              10. Sophia Raya Corona is a 65-year-old patient with underlying renal dysfunction. Sophia has been on losartan 50 mg once daily and spironolactone 25 mg once daily for 5 years. Her hypertension is well-controlled at 120/80 mmHg. Her most recent potassium level is 5.4 mEq/L. Which one of the following actions is MOST appropriate?
                              A. Reduce losartan and spironolactone doses by 50%
                              B. Initiate patiromer therapy
                              C. Initiate sodium polystyrene sulfonate therapy

                              Pharmacy Technician Post Test (for viewing only)

                              ACUTE AND CHRONIC HYPERKALEMIA: TREATMENT OPTIONS, POTASSIUM BINDERS, AND CLINICAL CASES
                              Pharmacy Technician Post-test

                              Learning Objectives
                              After taking the continuing education activity, pharmacy technicians will be able to
                              • Identify foods that cause hyperkalemia
                              • List medications that cause hyperkalemia
                              • Describe the dosing and storage information of patiromer and SZC
                              • Describe the steps of the drug prior authorization process

                              1. Which one of the following doses of patiromer is commercially available?
                              A. 8.5 g
                              B. 15.8 g
                              C. 25.2 g

                              2. Which of the following medications is known to cause hyperkalemia?
                              A. Acetaminophen
                              B. Losartan
                              C. Amlodipine

                              3. Which of the following statements is TRUE regarding storage of patiromer?
                              A. If stored at room temperature, patiromer must be used within six months
                              B. Patient may expose patiromer to excess heat greater than 30°C (86°F) but less than 35°C (95°F)
                              C. Patiromer should be stored in the refrigerator at 2°C to 8°C (36°F to 46°F)

                              4. A patient is picking up a prescription for a potassium lowering medication. You note that he has a piece of fruit in his hand and he seems to be preparing to eat it. Which of the following fruits contains the most potassium and might prompt you to warn him to avoid eating that fruit?
                              A. One whole orange
                              B. One whole peach
                              C. One whole nectarine

                              5. Which one of the following is the first step of the prior authorization process?
                              A. Collecting necessary patient information
                              B. Downloading prior authorization forms
                              C. Completing the prior authorization forms

                              6. Which one of the following is the last step of prior authorization process?
                              A. Starting appeal process if denied
                              B. Downloading prior authorization forms
                              C. Collecting patient information

                              7. Which one of the following medications can cause hyperkalemia?
                              A. IV calcium gluconate
                              B. Insulin glargine
                              C. Beta-blockers

                              8. Which of the following foods contains the MOST potassium?
                              A. Five apricots
                              B. One kiwi
                              C. One banana

                              9. Which of the following statements is TRUE regarding storage requirement of SZC?
                              A. SZC should be stored at room temperature
                              B. SZC should be stored frozen until opened
                              C. SZC should be refrigerated until opened

                              10. Which one of the following medications causes hyperkalemia?
                              A. Ibuprofen
                              B. Acetaminophen
                              C. Patiromer

                              References

                              Full List of References

                              References

                                 

                                1. Potassium. MedlinePlus. Accessed December 25, 2023. https://medlineplus.gov/potassium.html
                                2. Stöppler MC. High potassium (hyperkalemia). MedicineNet. Updated May 16, 2022. Accessed December 15, 2023. https://www.medicinenet.com/hyperkalemia/article.htm
                                3. Chang AR, Sang Y, Leddy J, Yahya T, Kirchner HL, Inker LA, Matsushita K, Ballew SH, Coresh J, Grams ME. Antihypertensive Medications and the Prevalence of Hyperkalemia in a Large Health System. Hypertension. 2016;67(6):1181-8. doi:10.1161/HYPERTENSIONAHA.116.07363.
                                4. Nilsson E, Gasparini A, Ärnlöv J, Xu H, Henriksson KM, Coresh J, Grams ME, Carrero JJ. Incidence and determinants of hyperkalemia and hypokalemia in a large healthcare system. Int J Cardiol. 2017;245:277-284. doi:10.1016/j.ijcard.2017.07.035.
                                5. Gilligan S, Raphael KL. Hyperkalemia and Hypokalemia in CKD: Prevalence, Risk Factors, and Clinical Outcomes. Adv Chronic Kidney Dis. 2017;24(5):315-318. doi:10.1053/j.ackd.2017.06.00.
                                6. Kidadl. Accessed October 15,2023. https://kidadl.com/facts/interesting-facts-about-potassium-you-should-know-about.
                                7. Palmer BF, Clegg DJ. Physiology and pathophysiology of potassium homeostasis. Adv Physiol Educ. 2016;40(4):480-490. doi:10.1152/advan.00121.2016.
                                8. Palmer BF, Clegg DJ. Diagnosis and treatment of hyperkalemia. Cleve Clin J Med. 2017;84(12):934-942. doi:10.3949/ccjm.84a.17056.
                                9. Palmer BF. Managing hyperkalemia caused by inhibitors of the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system. N Engl J Med. 2004;351(6):585-92. doi:10.1056/NEJMra035279.
                                10. Palmer BF, Carrero JJ, Clegg DJ, et al. Clinical Management of Hyperkalemia. Mayo Clin Proc. 2021;96(3):744-762. doi:10.1016/j.mayocp.2020.06.014
                                11. Clinical Resource. Management of acute and chronic hyperkalemia. Pharmacist’s Letter. Nov 2019 (351115). Accessed February 10, 2024. https://pharmacist.therapeuticresearch.com/Content/Segments/PRL/2016/Feb/Management-of-Acute-and-Chronic-Hyperkalemia-9412
                                12. Clinical Resource. Potassium Content of foods and salt substitutes. Pharmacist’s Letter. Feb 2021 (370227). Accessed February 10, 2024. https://pharmacist.therapeuticresearch.com/Content/Segments/PRL/2008/Sep/Potassium-Content-of-Foods-and-Salt-Substitutes-1122
                                13. Simon LV, Hashimi M, Farrell MW. Hyperkalemia. Treasure Island: StatPearls Publishing; 2023. Accessed Sep 1, 2023. https://hyperkalemia - StatPearls - NCBI Bookshelf (nih.gov)
                                14. Clase CM, Carrero JJ, Ellison DH, et al. Potassium homeostasis and management of dyskalemia in kidney diseases: conclusions from a Kidney Disease: Improving Global Outcomes (KDIGO) Controversies Conference. Kidney Int. 2020;97(1):42-61. doi:10.1016/j.kint.2019.09.018
                                15. Reddenna L, Basha S, Kumar K. Dialysis Treatment: A Comprehensive Description. Int. J. of Pharm. 2014;3(1)1-13.
                                16. Butler J, Khan MS, Anker SD. Novel potassium binders as enabling therapy in heart failure. Eur J Heart Fail. 2019;21(5):550-552. doi:10.1002/ejhf.1474
                                17. Rxlist.com. Accessed February 10, 2024. https://www.rxlist.com/how_do_potassium_binders_work/drug-class.htm#:~:text=They%20bind%20to%20the%20excess,thereby%20lowering%20blood%20potassium%20levels.
                                18. Lokelma [package insert}. AstraZeneca Pharmaceuticals LP; 2023.
                                19. Drugs.com. Accessed December 25, 2023. Sodium Polystyrene Sulfonate: Package Insert - Drugs.com
                                20. Veltassa [package insert]. Vifor Pharma, Inc; 2023.
                                21. Huda AB, Langford C, Lake J, Langford N. Hyperkalaemia and potassium binders: Retrospective observational analysis looking at the efficacy and cost effectiveness of calcium polystyrene sulfonate and sodium zirconium cyclosilicate. J Clin Pharm Ther. 2022;47(12):2170-2175. doi:10.1111/jcpt.13766
                                22. GoodRx. Lokelma: Prices. Accessed December 15, 2023. https://www.goodrx.com/lokelma
                                23. Humana. Let us help you choose a plan. Accessed December 15,2023. https://plans.humana.com/plans
                                24. Scan: Plans and Benefits. Accessed December 15, 2023. https://www.scanhealthplan.com/plans-and-benefits
                                25. Wellcare. Explore Plans. Accessed December 15, 2023. https://wellcare.isf.io/2024/g/b0003db0c5534c0aaa58d48d58be37c5/AssistedShopping
                                26. Veltassa savings and affordability. Veltassa. Accessed December 15, 2023. https://veltassa.com/patient/savings-affordability
                                27. Lokelma Support Program. Accessed December 15, 2023. https://www.lokelma.com/support-program.html
                                28. Express Scripts. Electronic prior authorization. Accessed October 15, 2023. https://www.express-scripts.com/corporate/prior-authorization-resources
                                29. Bakris GL, Pitt B, Weir MR, et al. Effect of Patiromer on Serum Potassium Level in Patients With Hyperkalemia and Diabetic Kidney Disease: The AMETHYST-DN Randomized Clinical Trial [published correction appears in JAMA. 2015 Aug 18;314(7):731. Dosage error in article text]. JAMA. 2015;314(2):151-161. doi:10.1001/jama.2015.7446
                                30. Weir MR, Bakris GL, Bushinsky DA, et al. Patiromer in patients with kidney disease and hyperkalemia receiving RAAS inhibitors. N Engl J Med. 2015;372(3):211-221. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1410853
                                31. Kosiborod M, Rasmussen HS, Lavin P, et al. Effect of sodium zirconium cyclosilicate on potassium lowering for 28 days among outpatients with hyperkalemia: the HARMONIZE randomized clinical trial [published correction appears in JAMA. 2015 Feb 3;313(5):526. Dosage error in text]. JAMA. 2014;312(21):2223-2233. doi:10.1001/jama.2014.15688
                                32. Fishbane S, Ford M, Fukagawa M, et al. A Phase 3b, Randomized, Double-Blind, Placebo-Controlled Study of Sodium Zirconium Cyclosilicate for Reducing the Incidence of Predialysis Hyperkalemia. J Am Soc Nephrol. 2019;30(9):1723-1733. doi:10.1681/ASN.2019050450
                                33 Xu J, Murphy SL, Kochanek KD, Arias E. Mortality in the United States, 2021. NCHS Data Brief. 2022;(456):1-8.
                                34. Consider Kidney Risk Before Suggesting an NSAID, Pharmacist’s Letter, October 2022. https://pharmacist.therapeuticresearch.com/Content/Articles/PL/2022/Oct/Consider-Kidney-Risks-Before-Suggesting-an-NSAID
                                35. Mueller BA, Scott MK, Sowinski KM, Prag KA. Noni juice (Morinda citrifolia): hidden potential for hyperkalemia?. Am J Kidney Dis. 2000;35(2):310-312. doi:10.1016/s0272-6386(00)70342-8
                                36. Pantanowitz, L. To the editor, Drug-induced hyerkalemia, Amjmed. 2002 March. Pantanowitz L. Accessed February 10, 2024. http://Drug-induced hyperkalemia. Am J Med. 2002;112(4):334-335. doi:10.1016/s0002-9343(01)00688-x
                                37. Pitt B, Zannad F, Remme WJ, et al. The effect of spironolactone on morbidity and mortality in patients with severe heart failure. Randomized Aldactone Evaluation Study Investigators. N Engl J Med. 1999;341(10):709-717. doi:10.1056/NEJM199909023411001
                                38. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Deaths associated with a purported aphrodisiac--New York City, February 1993-May 1995. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 1995;44(46):853-861.